IEER

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 252
At a glance
Powered by AI
The key takeaways are that the document discusses an environmental performance report and management plan for a proposed increase in production capacity of a steel rolling mill project. It covers topics such as project description, environmental impacts and management plans.

The project is about increasing the production capacity of an existing steel rolling mill operated by Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation in Meycauayan City, Bulacan, Philippines.

The major components of the project include a direct rolling mill, reheat furnace, rolling mill equipment, pollution control devices, and waste management systems.

Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

ENVIRONMENTAL PERFORMANCE REPORT


AND MANAGEMENT PLAN
Barangay Bahay Pare, Meycauayan City

STEEL ASIA MANUFACTURING CORPORATION | 2017


TABLE OF CONTENTS
Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CHAPTER 1 PROJECT DESCRIPTION 1-1


1.1 PROJECT BACKGROUND 1-1
1.2 PROJECT LOCATION AND AREA 1-1
1.2.1 Accessibility of the Project Site 1-2
1.2.2 Delineation of Impact Areas 1-7
1.3 PROJECT RATIONALE 1-9
1.4 PROJECT ALTERNATIVES 1-9
1.4.1 Siting 1-9
1.4.2 Technology Selection 1-9
1.4.3 Resources 1-10
1.5 PROJECT COMPONENTS 1-10
1.5.1 Major Project Component 1-10
1.5.2 Pollution Control Devices 1-18
1.5.3 Waste Management System 1-18
1.6 PROCESS/TECHNOLOGY 1-20
1.7 PROJECT SIZE 1-28
1.8 DEVELOPMENT PLAN, DESCRIPTION OF PROJECT PHASES AND
CORRESPONDING TIMEFRAMES 1-28
1.8.1 PRE-CONSTRUCTION 1-28
1.8.2 CONSTRUCTION 1-28
1.8.3 OPERATION 1-32
1.8.4 DECOMMISSIONING/ABANDONMENT/REHABILITATION 1-32
1.9 MANPOWER 1-32
1.9.1 Manpower Requirements 1-32
1.9.2 Scheme for sourcing locally from host and neighboring LGUs 1-33
1.10 PROJECT COST 1-33
CHAPTER 2 KEY ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MANAGEMENT/
MONITORING PLAN 2-1
2.1 LAND 2-1
2.1.1 LAND USE AND CLASSIFICATION 2-1
2.1.2 GEOLOGY/GEOMORPHOLOGY 2-6
2.1.3 PEDOLOGY 2-26
2.1.4 TERRESTRIAL ECOLOGY 2-27
2.2 WATER 2-29
2.2.1 HYDROLOGY/HYDROGEOLOGY 2-29
2.2.2 OCEANOGRAPHY 2-33
2.2.3 WATER QUALITY 2-33
2.2.4 FRESHWATER ECOLOGY 2-38
2.2.5 MARINE ECOLOGY 2-38
2.3 AIR 2-39
2.3.1 METEOROLOGY/CLIMATOLOGY 2-39
2.3.2 AIR QUALITY MODELING 2-49
2.3.3 AMBIENT NOISE LEVELS 2-94
2.3.4 POTENTIAL IMPACTS AND OPTIONS FOR PREVENTION, MITIGATION
AND ENHANCEMENT 2-98

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page i


TABLE OF CONTENTS
Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

2.4 PEOPLE 2-100


2.4.1 METHODOLOGY 2-100
2.4.2 RESULTS 2-100
2.4.3 POTENTIAL IMPACTS AND OPTIONS FOR PREVENTION, MITIGATION
AND ENHANCEMENT 2-134
CHAPTER 3 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 3-1
CHAPTER 4 ENVIRONMENTAL RISK ASSESSMENT AND EMERGENCY
RESPONSE POLICY AND GENERIC GUIDELINES 4-1
4.1 ENVIRONMENTAL RISK ASSESSMENT (ERA) 4-1
4.2 EMERGENCY RESPONSE POLICY AND GUIDELINES 4-2
4.2.1 Purpose 4-2
4.2.2 Emergency Identification 4-2
4.2.3 Responsibilities 4-4
4.2.4 Emergency Command Center 4-8
4.2.5 Emergency Response Procedure 4-8
4.2.6 Communication Procedure 4-8
4.2.7 Evacuation Procedure 4-9
4.2.8 Medical Emergency 4-11
4.2.9 Chemical/Oil Spill 4-11
4.2.10 Natural Disaster 4-12
4.2.11 Civil Disturbance 4-14
4.2.12 Power Failure 4-15
4.2.13 Fire and Explosion 4-15
CHAPTER 5 SOCIAL DEVELOPMENT PLAN / FRAMEWORK (SDP) AND IEC
FRAMEWORK 5-1
5.1 SOCIAL DEVELOPMENT PLAN (SDP) 5-1
5.2 INFORMATION AND EDUCATION CAMPAIGN (IEC) 5-3
CHAPTER 6 ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE MONITORING 6-1
6.1 ENVIRONMENTAL PERFORMANCE 6-1
6.1.1 Water Quality Monitoring 6-3
6.1.2 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring 6-4
6.1.3 Ambient Noise Quality Monitoring 6-8
6.1.4 Emission Load Monitoring 6-10
6.2 SELF-MONITORING PLAN 6-11
6.3 MULTI-SECTORAL MONITORING FRAMEWORK 6-16
6.4 ENVIRONMENTAL GUARANTEE AND MONITORING FUND
COMMITMENTS 6-16
CHAPTER 7 ABANDONMENT/DECOMMISSIONING/ REHABILITATION
POLICY 7-1
CHAPTER 8 INSTITUTIONAL PLAN FOR EMP IMPLEMENTATION 8-1

LIST OF FIGURES

Figure 1-1. Location Map (Bulacan) 1-3


Figure 1-2. Location Map of the Project 1-4
Figure 1-3. Topographic Map of the Project Area 1-5
Figure 1-4. Project Accessibility Map 1-6
Figure 1-5. Project Impact Areas 1-8
Figure 1-6. Cooling Water Recirculating Process 1-15

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page ii


TABLE OF CONTENTS
Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Figure 1-7. Project Site Development Plan 1-17


Figure 1-8. Process Flowchart 1-22
Figure 1-9. Process Flow in Photos 1-23
Figure 1-10. Material Balance Diagram 1-24
Figure 1-11. Current Water Balance Diagram of Mill 1 1-25
Figure 1-12. Water Balance Diagram of Mill 1 for Expansion 1-26
Figure 1-13. Water Balance Diagram for Mill 2 1-27
Figure 1-14. Project Schedule for Mill 1 1-30
Figure 1-15. Project Schedule for Mill 2 1-31
Figure 2-1. Land Classification Map of Bulacan 2-4
Figure 2-2. Slope map of Bulacan 2-7
Figure 2-3. Stratigraphic Column showing the Stratigraphic Groupings of Central Luzon
Basin and Southern Sierra Madre (MGB, 2004) 2-8
Figure 2-4. Geologic Map of Bulacan (PDPFP, 2010-2030) 2-10
Figure 2-5 Tectonic Map of the Philippines (Source: PHILVOLCS) 2-11
Figure 2-6. Historical Seismicity (1600-2006) and active faults in the Philippines
(Wong, et al., 2007) 2-13
Figure 2-7. Active Faults and Liquefaction Susceptibility Map of Region III 2-16
Figure 2-8. Satellite image of Metro Manila shows movement of the ground 2-19
Figure 2-9. Flood Hazard Map of Bulacan 2-22
Figure 2-10. Landslide and Flood Susceptibility Map (Mines and Geosciences Bureau,
2008) 2-23
Figure 2-11. Flood Hazard Map of Meycauayan City, 2016 2-24
Figure 2-12. Rain-induced Landslide Map of Meycauayan City, 2016 2-25
Figure 2-13. Soil Map of Meycuayan 2-27
Figure 2-14. Photo of the expansion area 2-28
Figure 2-15. Hydrogeologic / Groundwater Availability Map 2-30
Figure 2-16. River Network in Bulacan 2-31
Figure 2-17. Watershed/Drainage Map 2-32
Figure 2-18. Monitoring results for COD (Mar 2012 – Jun 2016) 2-33
Figure 2-19. Monitoring results for BOD (Mar 2012 – Jun 2016) 2-33
Figure 2-20. Monitoring results for pH (Mar 2012 – Jun 2016) 2-34
Figure 2-21. Monitoring results for TSS (Mar 2012 – Jun 2016) 2-34
Figure 2-22. Monitoring results for Oil and Grease (Mar 2012 – Jun 2016) 2-34
Figure 2-23. Water Quality Sampling Map 2-36
Figure 2-24. Climate map of the Philippines 2-39
Figure 2-25. Monthly Average Rainfall (1981-2010) 2-40
Figure 2-26. Average Monthly Maximum Temperature (1981-2010, PAGASA Science
Garden) 2-43
Figure 2-27. Relative Humidity (1981-2010, PAGASA Science Garden) 2-44
Figure 2-28. Cloud Amount (1981-2010, PAGASA Science Garden) 2-44
Figure 2-29. Wind Rose Direction and Speed, % (2016, Science Garden) 2-45
Figure 2-30. Wind Class Frequency Distribution Counts, % (2016, Science Garden) 2-46
Figure 2-31. Plant Bearing/Layout of SteelAsia Manufacturing Corporation (SAMC) 2-50
Figure 2-32. Process Diagram Rolling Mill Steel Manufacturing 2-52
Figure 2-33. Rolling Mill in Steel Manufacturing 2-52
Figure 2-34. Stack Test of 70 MT/day Furnace Calaca Plant (SO2, NO2, CO) 2-55
Figure 2-35. Stack Test of 70 MT/day Furnace Calaca Plant PM, Pb. Zn) 2-55
Figure 2-36. Site Development of SAMC Plant 2-56

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page iii


TABLE OF CONTENTS
Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Figure 2-37. Aermod Surface Science Garden 2016 2-57


Figure 2-38. Combined Aermod Surface (SFC) and Profile (PFL) Science Garden 2016 2-58
Figure 2-39. Terrain SRTM projection AERMAP ver 9.3 2-61
Figure 2-40. 510 Digitail Terrain SRTM Elevation AERMAP ver 9.3 2-62
Figure 2-41. US EPA AP 42 Emission Factors for Area Source in Steel Minimill 2-63
Figure 2-42. Location of Background Ambient Sampling Stations for PM-10 2-65
Figure 2-43. Location of Background Ambient Lead at 4 Sampling Stations and
Predicted Lead(Pb) 2-65
Figure 2-44. Location of Background Ambient PM-10 at 4 Sampling Stations and PM-10 2-66
Figure 2-45. Data flow in AERMOD SYSTEM 2-68
Figure 2-46. Data flow in AERMOD SYSTEM 2-69
Figure 2-47. Building No. 1 BPIP AERMOD ver 9.3 2-70
Figure 2-48. Building No. 1 BPIP AERMOD ver 9.3 2-71
Figure 2-49. Aermod Surface Meteorology (SFC) 2-72
Figure 2-50. Aermod Profile Meteorology (PFL) 2-72
Figure 2-51. Plot of TSP 1hr Concentration Isopleth 2-76
Figure 2-52. Plot of TSP 1hr Concentration Isopleth Google Earth Overlay 2-77
Figure 2-53. Plot of TSP 1hr Concentration Isopleth-Scenario 2 (Furnace + Building
Volume Source) 2-78
Figure 2-54. Plot of TSP 24hr Concentration Isopleth-Scenario 2 (Furnace + Building
Volume Source) 2-78
Figure 2-55. Plot of PM-10 1hr Concentration Isopleth-Scenario 2 (Furnace + Building
Volume Source) 2-79
Figure 2-56. Plot of PM-10 1hr Concentration Isopleth-Scenario 2 ( Furnace + Building
Volume Source) 2-79
Figure 2-57. Plot of TSP 1hr Concentration Isopleth-Scenario 2 (Furnace + Building
Volume Source) Google Earth Overlay 2-80
Figure 2-58. Plot of TSP 24hr Concentration Isopleth-Scenario 2 (Furnace + Building
Volume Source) Google Earth Overlay 2-80
Figure 2-59. Plot of PM-10 1hr Concentration Isopleth-Scenario 2 (Furnace + Building
Volume Source) Google Earth Overlay 2-81
Figure 2-60. Plot of PM-10 24 hr Concentration Isopleth-Scenario 2 (Furnace + Building
Volume Source) Google Earth Overlay 2-81
Figure 2-61. Plot of TSP 24hr Concentration Isopleth 2-82
Figure 2-62. Plot of TSP 24hr Concentration Isopleth Google Earth Overlay 2-83
Figure 2-63. Plot of CO 1hr Concentration Isopleth 2-84
Figure 2-64. Plot of CO 1hrConcentration Isopleth Google Earth Overlay 2-84
Figure 2-65. Plot of CO 8hr Concentration Isopleth 2-85
Figure 2-66. Plot of CO 8hrConcentration Isopleth Google Earth Overlay 2-85
Figure 2-67. Plot of SO2 1hr Concentration Isopleth 2-86
Figure 2-68. Plot of SO2 1 Hr Concentration Isopleth Google Earth Overlay 2-86
Figure 2-69. Plot of SO2 1hr Concentration Isopleth 2-87
Figure 2-70. Plot of SO2 24 hr Concentration Isopleth Google Earth Overlay 2-87
Figure 2-71. Plot of NO2 1 HR Concentration Isopleth 2-88
Figure 2-72. Plot of NO2 1 HR Concentration Isopleth Google Earth Overlay 2-88
Figure 2-73. Plot of NO2 24 HR Concentration Isopleth 2-89
Figure 2-74. Plot of NO2 24 HR Concentration Isopleth Google Earth Overlay 2-89
Figure 2-75. Plot of Lead(Pb) 1 Hr Concentration Isopleth 2-90
Figure 2-76. Plot of Lead(Pb) 1 Hr Concentration Isopleth Google Earth Overlay 2-90
Figure 2-77. Plot of Lead (Pb) 1 Hr Concentration Isopleth 2-91
Figure 2-78. Plot of Lead (Pb) 1 Hr Concentration Isopleth 2-91

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page iv


TABLE OF CONTENTS
Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Figure 2-79. Graph of 1-hour GLC at Air Sensitive Receptor 2-92


Figure 2-80. Isobel diagram in 200m Domain 2-97
Figure 2-81. Isobel diagram in 6000m Domain 2-98
Figure 2-82. Total Population of Barangay Bahay Pare from 1990-2015 2-102
Figure 2-83. Population density map of Meycauayan City, 2016 2-105
Figure 2-84. Average Monthly Crime Rate (per 100,000 population) 2-114
Figure 2-85. Comparative average monthly crime rate 2-114
Figure 2-86. Location of higher educational institutions in Bulacan 2-117
Figure 2-87. Gender of respondents 2-124
Figure 2-88. Age of the Respondents 2-124
Figure 2-89. Place of Birth of Respondents 2-125
Figure 2-90. Civil Status of Respondents 2-125
Figure 2-91. Religion of Respondents 2-126
Figure 2-92. Years of Residence in the Barangay 2-126
Figure 2-93. Main Source of Livelihood of Respondents 2-127
Figure 2-94. Primary earner in the household 2-127
Figure 2-95. Monthly income of respondents 2-128
Figure 2-96. Landholding Status of Respondents 2-129
Figure 2-97. Major Crops of Respondents 2-129
Figure 2-98. Educational attainment of respondents 2-130
Figure 2-99. Number of household members who got ill (for the previous year) 2-130
Figure 2-100. Common illness in the barangay 2-131
Figure 2-101. Source of treatment for illness of respondents 2-131
Figure 2-102. Type of toilet facility used by respondents 2-132
Figure 2-103. Source of water supply 2-132
Figure 4-1. Functional and Procedural Flow Chart during an Emergency 4-18
Figure 4-2. Emergency Response Team 4-19
Figure 6-1. Water Quality (2012-2016) - COD 6-3
Figure 6-2. Water Quality (2012-2016) - BOD 6-3
Figure 6-3. Water Quality (2012-2016) - pH 6-3
Figure 6-4. Water Quality (2012-2016) - TSS 6-4
Figure 6-5. Water Quality (2012-2016) – Oil and Grease 6-4
Figure 6-6. Ambient Air Quality (2014-2017) - PM 6-5
Figure 6-7. Ambient Air Quality (2014-2017) – SO2 6-5
Figure 6-8. Ambient Air Quality (2014-2017) – CO 6-6
Figure 6-9. Ambient Air Quality (2014-2016) – TSP 6-6
Figure 6-10. Ambient Air Quality (2014-2016) – SO2 6-7
Figure 6-11. Ambient Air Quality (2014-2016) – NO2 6-7
Figure 6-12. Ambient Noise Quality (2014-2017) – Daytime 6-9
Figure 6-13. Ambient Noise Quality (2016-2017) – Evening Time 6-9
Figure 8-1. Organizational Chart 8-2

LIST OF TABLES

Table 1-1. Geographic coordinates of the Project Area 1-2


Table 1-2. Existing and Proposed Project Components 1-10

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page v


TABLE OF CONTENTS
Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Table 1-3. Waste Management System of SAMC 1-18


Table 1-4. Storage for waste items 1-19
Table 1-5. Process in the rolling mill 1-20
Table 1-6. Size of existing and proposed project 1-28
Table 1-7. Manpower requirements for proposed expansion project 1-32
Table 2-1. Existing Land Use in Meycuayan, Bulacan (2001) 2-2
Table 2-2. Estimated recurrence interval for earthquakes of a given magnitude range
within the region (adapted from Thenhaus and others, 1994). 2-17
Table 2-3. Examples of liquefaction hazard mitigation techniques 2-18
Table 2-4. Meycauayan Soil Type 2-26
Table 2-5. Baseline Groundwater and Surface Water Quality in the Project Site 2-37
Table 2-6. Climatological Normals (1981-2010, PAGASA Science Garden) 2-41
Table 2-7. Climatological Extremes (1961-2011, PAGASA Science Garden) 2-41
Table 2-8. Monthly Wind Direction and Speed, % (2016, Science Garden) 2-46
Table 2-9. Monthly Mean Sea Level Pressure (1961-2010, Science Garden) 2-47
Table 2-10. Annual GHG Contribution 2-48
Table 2-11. National Ambient Air Quality Guideline for Criteria Pollutants 2-50
Table 2-12. National Ambient Air Quality Standards for Source Specific Air Pollutants
from Industrial Sources/Operations 2-51
Table 2-13. Point Source Input (Scenario 1) 2-54
Table 2-14. Aermod Surface Meteorology (SFC) 2-59
Table 2-15. Aermod Profile Meteorology (PFL) 2-60
Table 2-16. Emission Loads Volume Source from Building (additional for Scenario 2) 2-63
Table 2-17. PM-10 1 Hr Background Monitoring 2-64
Table 2-18. Point Source Input (Scenario 1) 2-68
Table 2-19. Summary of Maximum Ground Level Concentration 2-73
Table 2-20. Summary of Predicted 1-hr and 24-hour GLC at Area Sensitive 2-93
Table 2-21. Allowable Noise Emission Standards under PD 1584 (dB) 2-94
Table 2-22. Results of baseline noise monitoring at Bulihan Barangay Hall 2-94
Table 2-23. Results for Baseline Noise Monitoring along Plaridel Bypass Road 2-94
Table 2-24. Results for 24-hours Baseline Noise Monitoring at Sta a4 2-94
Table 2-25. Corresponding noise level contribution of different equipment in the Plant 2-97
Table 2-26. Key impacts and mitigation measures 2-99
Table 2-27. Total population of Barangays in Meycauayan City, 2015 2-101
Table 2-28. Household Population By Mother Tongue, 1990 – 2004 2-103
Table 2-29. Population by age and sex group, 1990-2004 2-104
Table 2-30. Housing condition in Meycauayan City, 2007 2-106
Table 2-31. Labor and Employment Data in Meycauayan City 1990-2004 2-109
Table 2-32. Area planted and volume of production 2-109
Table 2-33. Trade and industries in Meycauayan (2016) 2-110
Table 2-34. Population by police force by municipality, Bulacan (2009) 2-116
Table 2-35. Road network in Meycauayan City (2016) 2-119
Table 2-36. Length of existing bridges 2-120
Table 2-37. Telegraph / Telex Station 2-120
Table 2-38. Express Mail Courier 2-120
Table 2-39. Telephone System 2-120
Table 2-40. Water Utility Service Providers, 2014 2-121
Table 2-41. Households (HH) with access to safe water, 2008 2-122

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page vi


TABLE OF CONTENTS
Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Table 2-42. Garbage disposal in Meycauayan City, 2016 2-122


Table 2-43. Mortality in Meycauayan City, 2010-2013 2-122
Table 2-44. Number and Causes of death in Meycauayan City, 2013 2-123
Table 2-45. Comparison of Socio-Demographic Data 2-133
Table 3-1. Impact Management Plan 3-2
Table 4-1. Hazard Identification, Characterization and Assessment 4-1
Table 4-2. Air pollutants 4-2
Table 4-3. Severity of Consequence 4-4
Table 4-4. Emergency Drill Frequency 4-17
Table 5-1. Indicative Social Development Plan 5-2
Table 5-2. Information, Education and Communication Plan 5-4
Table 6-1. Summary status of ECC and EMP Compliance 6-1
Table 6-2. Water Quality Monitoring 6-4
Table 6-3. Ambient Air Quality Monitoring (2016) 6-7
Table 6-4. Ambient Noise Quality Monitoring (2016) 6-8
Table 6-5. Stack Emission Result for 50 MT/Hr Centro Combustion Reheating Furnace 6-8
Table 6-6. Environmental Monitoring Plan 6-12
Table 6-7. Multi-Partite Monitoring Team Composition 6-16

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page vii


EXECUTIVE Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
SUMMARY Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

Project Information
Name of Project Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling
Mill Project
Location Ciudad Industria Bahay Pare, Meycauayan Bulacan
Background and Nature of The proposed expansion Project consists of:
Project
A. Increase in production capacity of Rolling Mill 1 from
50mt/hr to 80mt/hr or 600,000 mty

Rolling Mill 1, with ECC no. 9504-004-102Cwill have the


following developments:
1. New Pusher Type furnace will replace the current
walking hearth furnace
2. New smoke stack with height of 50 meters
3. Additional 2 roughing mill stands

B. Operation of Rolling Mill 2


Rolling Mill 2, formerly owned by Peninsula Steel
Manufacturing was issued with ECC No. 8902-003-
107A. It was not operational since its acquisition by
SteelAsia. To keep up with market demand, SteelAsia
plans to operate it with production capacity of 20mt/hr or
100,000 mt/year

Size and Scale This project will involve increase in rebar production capacity for
Rolling Mill 1 from 50 mt/hr allowed in its existing ECC to 80 mt/hr
or 600,000 mt/year and 100,000 mt/year for Rolling Mill 2.

Proponent Profile
Name of Proponent SteelAsia Manufacturing Corporation (SAMC)
Address Corporate Office: 2/F B5 Bonifacio High Street, Fort Bonifacio
Global City, Taguig
Plant : 90 Ciudad IndustriaBahay Pare, Meycauayan, Bulacan

Contact Person and Details of Mr. Benjamin O. Yao


Proponent’s Authorized Rep. +632 8566888
Preparer Profile
Name of Preparer Rosalie R. Lorenzo / SteelAsiaMfg Corporation
Address 90 Ciudad IndustriaBahay Pare, Meycauayan, Bulacan
Contact Person and Details of HES Head / 09178946198
Preparer’s Authorized Rep.

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation|Page ES-1


EXECUTIVE Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
SUMMARY Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Table ES-1. Project Components


Component Existing Expansion
Capacity 50 mt/hr or approx 400,000 mt/yr 600,000 mt/yr
Rolling Furnace Walking Hearth (50mt/hr) Pusher Type (80 mt/hr)
Mill 1 Smoke Stack 45m high 50m high
Mill Train 18 stands 20 stands
Capacity not operational 100,000 mt/yr
Rolling Furnace Pusher Type (20 mt/hr) same
Mill 2 Smoke Stack 36m high same
Mill Train 11 stands same

Table ES-2. Project Size


Existing Proposed
Rolling Mill 1 Capacity (in metric tons per year) 400,000 600,000
Rolling Mill 2 Capacity (in metric tons per year) Not operational 100,000
Project Size (in hectares) 18 18

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation|Page ES-2


EXECUTIVE Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
SUMMARY Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

ES 1 PROCESS DOCUMENTATION OF THE CONDUCT OF


ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT

ES 1.1 EIA Study Team

The EIA Study Team members are presented in Table ES-3 and their Sworn Statement
of Accountability is provided in Annex A.

Table ES-3. EIA Study Team


Name Role / Module
Reynaldo Tejada Air Quality / Air Dispersion Modelling
Jess Addawe EIA Process
Ernesto Flores EIA Process
Henry James Botengan Socio-economics
Rosalie Lorenzo SAMC-HES Head / Report Integration

ES 1.2 EIA Study Schedule

The schedule of activities performed as part of the preparation of the EIS is detailed in
the table below:

Table ES-4. EIA Schedule


Activity Date
Site visit October 19, 2016
Public scoping November 8, 2016
Submission of Project Description for Scoping (PDS) to EMB January 12, 2017
Technical scoping February 13, 2017
Conduct of field sampling and surveys March 13, 2017 onwards
Conduct of perception survey, key informant interviews and May 17, 2017
focus group discussions
Public Hearing TBA

ES 1.3 EIA Study Area

The EIA study was conducted within the vicinity of the proposed project footprint and its
potential impact areas, particularly in the Meycauayan City, Bulacan. The coverage of the
EIA study is based on the agreed scope of the EIA Review Committee (EIARC) during the
technical scoping activity conducted on February 13, 2017. The primary and secondary
impact zones of the project are delineated and discussed in Chapter 1.2.2.

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation|Page ES-3


EXECUTIVE Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
SUMMARY Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

ES 1.4 EIA Methodology

The approach and methodology adopted to complete this EIS is in accordance with the
prescribed methods of EMB and the procedural manual for DAO 2003-30. The table
below provides the methodology used for each module.

Table ES-5. EIA Methodology


Module Methodology
Land
Land use and classification • Review of secondary data
• Spatial analysis of reference maps
Geology and geomorphology • Review of secondary data
• Spatial analysis of reference maps through GIS
• Analysis of historic occurrences of geologic hazards
Pedology • Review of secondary data
Water
Hydrology • Review of secondary data
Water quality • Characterization of water quality by water sample collection and
analysis
Air
Climate and meteorology • Review of secondary data
Air quality and noise • Characterization of ambient air quality and noise levels by
sampling
• Air and Noise Modeling
People • Review of secondary data
• Perception survey
• Characterization of socio-economic condition

ES 1.5 Public participation

Stakeholder participation for the project was ensured to determine the current situation
of the affected residents, including the issues and concerns they are experiencing in their
community. The issues and concerns based on the results of the perception survey and
public scoping are summarized below:

ES 1.6 Public participation

Stakeholder participation for the project was ensured to determine the current situation
of the affected residents, including the issues and concerns they are experiencing in their
community. The issues and concerns based on the results of the perception survey and
public scoping are summarized below:

1. Due to the expansion of warehouse of Steel Asia, it will also increase the use of
trucks / haulers and the new warehouse located near residence area. The first
concern is to improve the paging system that may affect residence nearby area,
and second, improvement of parking area inside the plant to prevent parking
along roadways that causes congestions and traffic.
2. What is the water volume capacity that the water catchment basin can absorb?
Based on experience, flood in our area can be up to waist deep.
3. Requesting to enlarge the receiving canals from baranggay going to SteelAsia’s
planned catchment – to help in preventing floods during heavy rains

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation|Page ES-4


EXECUTIVE Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
SUMMARY Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

4. Verification if there are data attachments in the presentation regarding ambient


testing results, water testing results. What are impacts in increase of production
to the community? Does the home owners and the whole Barangay can rely to
SAMC project in relieving the flood. How sure that the quality of the water coming
from barangay is acceptable.

Perceived Positive and Negative Impacts of the Project based on the Perception
Survey Conducted

The respondents’ perceive benefits from the proposed expansion project are:

1. Possible employment opportunities


2. Increase in land tax
3. Improvement of government services (through community projects)
4. Progress in the community
5. Electrification or cheaper electricity fees
6. River and flood control

On the other hand, the perceived negative effects of the project to the community are:

1. Negative effect on air quality


2. Occurrence of flooding should SteelAsia stop allowing rainwater from
baranggay to pass through the plant’s drainage system, hazards, and other
risks
3. Damage/Destruction of the surrounding environment

ES 2 EIA SUMMARY

ES 2.1 Summary of baseline characterization, key environmental


impacts and mitigation plan

The summary of baseline characterization and its corresponding environmental impacts


and mitigation plan is presented below. Chapter 2 of this EIS provides a more detailed
discussion of the baseline conditions, environmental impacts and mitigation measures.

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation|Page ES-5


EXECUTIVE Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
SUMMARY Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Table ES-6. Summary of baseline characterization


Module Baseline characterization
Land use and classification • The project is located within industrial land use area
• City of Meycauayan is declared as Alienable and Disposable land
Geology • The topography of Meycauayan is generally flat
• The site is underlain by the Quaternary Alluvium detrital deposits
• No geologic structures were observed in the project site
• Seismic-related hazards relevant to the project site are ground rupture, ground shaking and liquefaction
• Upper parts of the city, where the project is located, is classified as ‘less likely tobe flooded’ based on Mines and Geosciences Bureau (DENR-MGB) Flood Hazard Map
Pedology • Four distinct types of soil classification comprise the soil structure of Meycauayan, namely:Prenza clay loam, Prenza silty loam, Obando fine sandy loam and the
Bulacanhyrosol
Terrestrial ecology • There are no rare or threatenedspecies of flora and fauna that will be affected by the project.
Hydrology • The project area is underlain by local and less productive aquifers.
• It was alsonoted that the project area is very near the watershed divide of the Marilao andMeycauayan Rivers.
Water quality • The water quality of Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation and are all within the DENR standards based on March 2012 to June 2016 monitoring results
Freshwater ecology • Freshwater study is not applicable for this project.
Meteorology • Climate at Meycauyan generally falls under Type I with two pronounced seasons: dry from November to April and wet during the rest of the year
• The total annual rainfall is 2532.30 mm
Air quality • The proposed TSP, CO, SO2, NO2, and heavy metal emissions will not have significant environmental impact to the ambient air quality
Noise • Result shows that noise level impacts at full operation will emit below the Light and Heavy Industrial Allowable noise level standards
Socio-Economic • Historical data on Barangay Pare population show that significant increase in population happened from 2004-2010.
• The municipality of Meycauayan has a high percentage of literacy by the 95.78 percentliteracy rate based on 1995 Census of population
• The crime statistics in the province of Bulacan based on the historical data from 1996 to2008 has shown a decreasing trend.
• The literacy rate in the province exhibited a decreasing trend from 1990 to 2000 surveys.
• Diseases of the heart is the number one cause of death in Meycauayan in 2013.
Perception Survey • The respondents’ perceive benefits from the proposed expansion project are:
1. Possible employment opportunities
2. Increase in land tax
3. Improvement of government services (through community projects)
4. Progress in the community
5. Electrification or cheaper electricity fees
6. River and flood control
• On the other hand, the perceived negative effects of the project to the community are:
1. Negative effect on air quality
2. Occurrence of flooding should SteelAsia stop allowing rainwater from baranggay to pass through the plant’s drainage system, hazards, and other risks
3. Damage/Destruction of the surrounding environment

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation|Page ES-6


EXECUTIVE Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
SUMMARY Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

ES 2.2 Environmental management and monitoring plan

Chapters 3 and 6 of this EIS present the Environmental Management and Monitoring
Plan (EMP) for the proposed Project. The proposed EMP includes the proposed mitigating
measures, information on environmental parameters to be monitored (i.e. EQPL values),
frequency and procedure of monitoring, and its estimated costs.

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation|Page ES-7


EXECUTIVE Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
SUMMARY Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Table ES-7. Impact Management Plan


Project Phase Environmental
Guarantee/
/ component Options for Prevention/ Mitigation/ Responsible
Issues/ Potential Impact Cost Financial
Environmental likely to be Enhancement Entity
Arrangements
Aspect affected
Construction Phase
Site Land - Geology • Modification of existing • Proper planning and close supervision Proponent’s Php3M – Project
Preparation / topography during preconstruction activities Environmental Unit implementation ofsite Development
Construction • Minimal increase in soil • Adopt erosion control measures(i.e. preparation Budget
Activities erosion coconet) adhering to bestengineering Contractor’s
practices andmaintenance contract
Water Quality • Sedimentation/ • Implementation of proper Project Php3M – Project
Siltation engineering control designs and development team, implementation ofsite Development
measures for potential erosion and PCO, Contractor preparation Budget
siltation adhering to bestengineering Contractor’s
practices andmaintenance contract
• Generation of wastes • Implementation of the documented Project Php50,000 / Year –provision Project
Waste Management Program (SA-IMS- development team, for propersolid waste disposal Development
CP-216) PCO, Contractor Budget
• Materials Recovery Facility (recover Contractor’s
recyclable wastes)
contract
Hazardous Waste Containment Facility
Air and Noise • Generation of dust • Sprinkling of water along exposed areas Project Php50,000/ year – Project
Quality especially during dry season; development operational Development
• Road dust cleaning using the existing team,PCO, expenses Budget
vacuum type mechanical street sweeper Contractor Contractor’s
• Vehicle speed limit at 10pkh inside plant contract
compound

• Increase in noise level • Maintain equipment deployment Project Php2,000,000 / year Project
schedule which, if possible, limits the development team, –cost ofmaintenance of Development
construction activity only during daytime PCO, Contractor heavy equipment Budget
• Regular maintenance of vehicles and Contractor’s
construction equipment
contract

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation|Page ES-8


EXECUTIVE Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
SUMMARY Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Project Phase Environmental


Guarantee/
/ component Options for Prevention/ Mitigation/ Responsible
Issues/ Potential Impact Cost Financial
Environmental likely to be Enhancement Entity
Arrangements
Aspect affected
Compliance to RA
8749 and its IRR
People • Generation of solid and • Implementation of the documented Proponent’s Php50,000 / Year – Project
hazardous waste Waste Management Program (SA-IMS- Environmental Unit/ provision for propersolid waste Development
CP-216) PCO disposal Budget
• Materials Recovery Facility (recover Compliance to RA
recyclable wastes)
9003 and its IRR
• Hazardous Waste Containment Facility
Contractor’s
contract
• Increase of job and • Continuous implementation of local Proponent / Part of the Project
business opportunities hiring policy. Contractor Cost; Compliance
• Comply with local ordinances on to Local and
providing local community employment National Laws
opportunities
• Coordinate with LGU
• Occupational safety • General EHS Guidelines for Contractors Proponent Php100,000/ year –Safety and MOA with
and health • Conduct of EHS risk assessment for healthprogram will coverthis contractors
contractors scope of work and their activities ECC
potential impact both to contractors’
workers & SAMC workers
• Implementation of the Work Permit
system
• Requirement of Safety Officers
employed by contractors to be on duty
on site
• Additional Revenue for • Pay the taxes required by law Proponent ECC
the LGU
• Other Livelihood • Conduct of livelihood trainings for the Proponent Php500,000/ year – ECC, SDP
Opportunities affected community SDP budget will beutilized for
the

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation|Page ES-9


EXECUTIVE Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
SUMMARY Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Project Phase Environmental


Guarantee/
/ component Options for Prevention/ Mitigation/ Responsible
Issues/ Potential Impact Cost Financial
Environmental likely to be Enhancement Entity
Arrangements
Aspect affected
implementation ofactivities
such as,livelihood
programs,educationassistance,
medical
assistance, IEC,among others.
• Increase in traffic • Implementation of traffic scheme Proponent Php100,000/ year –Safety and ECC
volume health program will cover these
activities
Operation Phase
Water Quality • Generation of wastes • Implementation of the documented PCO, Admin P500,000 annually for waste Annual Admin &
Waste Management Program (SA-IMS- handling and disposal HES Budget
CP-216)
• Materials Recovery Facility (recover
recyclable wastes)
• Hazardous Waste Containment Facility
Air Quality • Source Emission ( Mill • Periodic maintenance of Furnace and PCO, Maintenance P3M annually Annual
1 and Mill 2 Furnace) Cleaning of Stacks. Department, PDN Production and
• Periodic maintenance of Recuperator Maintenance
• Use of Low Sulfur Fuel Oil (LSFO) or Budget
Special Fuel Oil 60 (SFO -60) with
Sulfur content < 1%
• PLC automatic air-fuel ratio valve
• Standard Furnace Temperature
Settings (Running & Idle States)
• Provision of Green Buffer Zone to serve
as Air Pollution and GHG sink (currently
has 163 trees inside plant compound)
• To consider the use of pollution control
such as scrubber or other pollution
control device to mitigate SO2 stack
emission (should actual test results

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation|Page ES-10


EXECUTIVE Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
SUMMARY Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Project Phase Environmental


Guarantee/
/ component Options for Prevention/ Mitigation/ Responsible
Issues/ Potential Impact Cost Financial
Environmental likely to be Enhancement Entity
Arrangements
Aspect affected
exceed standards). This is to note that
the predicted ambient ground level SO2
concentration complies the National
Ambient Air Quality Standards for
Source Specific Air Pollutant
(NAAQSSSAP).
Air Quality Vehicular Emission • Check PETC certificates of vehicles. Logistics Annual
(Delivery Trucks and Hauling Check Vehicles to emission control (Contracted Production and
Trucks) such as Catalytic converter and muffler Haulers) Maintenance
for cars, trucks etc.. (Hauler Budget
accreditation procedure)
• Semi-annual Physical Truck Inspection
Checklist (Contracted Haulers)
• Periodic Maintenance of in-house Motorpool P300k/yr
vehicles
• Planting of trees along perimeter Admin
Noise Quality Noise generation • Enclosed mill building PCO, Maintenance Included in the operation cost Annual
• To reconstruct current perimeter wall of Dept. Maintenance
2.5 meter high to 3.5 meters Budget
• Regular maintenance of vehicles
• Implement noise protection measures
such as PPEs and enclosures
• Provision of Effective Enclosure such as
Noise Barriers
• Maintain equipment deployment
schedule.
People • Generation of solid and • Implementation of the documented PCO, Admin MRF : P250k for relocation Admin Annual
hazardous waste Waste Management Program (SA-IMS- Handling & Disposal : P500k Budget
CP-216) annually
• Materials Recovery Facility (recover
recyclable wastes)
• Hazardous Waste Containment Facility

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation|Page ES-11


EXECUTIVE Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
SUMMARY Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Project Phase Environmental


Guarantee/
/ component Options for Prevention/ Mitigation/ Responsible
Issues/ Potential Impact Cost Financial
Environmental likely to be Enhancement Entity
Arrangements
Aspect affected
• Increase of job and • Continuous implementation of Local Proponent / N/A Part of the Project
business opportunities hiring policy. Contractor Cost; Compliance
• Coordinate with LGU to Local and
National Laws
• Occupational safety • Implementation of an Occupational Proponent PPE: P1.3M annually MOA with
and health (potential Health & Safety Management System contractors
injuries due to complying to OHSAS 18001 Signages: P100,000 annually ECC
accidents) • Semi-annual review and updating of
documented hazard-risk assessment to
Building & grounds
address significant risks
• Analysis of annual WEM(Work maintenance: P2.4M annually
Environment Measurement) results
which provides current conditions about Annual Physical Examination:
noise, ventilation, heat stress, P500,000 annually
illumination, dust. Establishment of
action plans on failed results
• Strict implementation of wearing
Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)
as per the established PPE Matrix
• Ensure operators of heavy equipment
and critical machines are all competent
& authorized
• Work Permit system for dangerous
works like hotworks, work at heights,
confined space, working at high voltage
areas
• Annual safe work load test for cranes
and DOLE Permit to Operate for
mechanical equipment
• Monthly inspection of fire alarms and
fire fighting equipment,
• Regular safety & housekeeping

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation|Page ES-12


EXECUTIVE Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
SUMMARY Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Project Phase Environmental


Guarantee/
/ component Options for Prevention/ Mitigation/ Responsible
Issues/ Potential Impact Cost Financial
Environmental likely to be Enhancement Entity
Arrangements
Aspect affected
inspection by Core team lead by the
Safety Officers
• Regular inspection of machine guards
• Annual Physical Examination for all
employees
• 3 fulltime Safety Officers
• 3 health officers (Occupational nurses)
on duty 24-7
• Occupational doctor on duty 12 hrs a
week
• Deployment of Emergency Response
Team in cases of emergencies; conduct
of regular emergency drills
• Additional Revenue for • Pay the taxes required by law Proponent Additional of P5M annually ECC
the LGU
• Other Livelihood • Conduct of livelihood trainings for the Proponent P150,000 for the 1styr (Bokashi ECC, SDP
Opportunities affected community Balls making)

Plant closure People • Loss of livelihood of • Provide and develop sustainable Proponent Php1M / year – ECC,
local work force livelihood programs and alternative SDP budget will be utilized for Rehabilitation /
livelihood training programs the implementation of activities Abandonment
such as, livelihood programs, Plan / SDP
education assistance, medical
assistance, IEC, among
others.

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation|Page ES-13


EXECUTIVE Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
SUMMARY Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Table ES-8. Summary status of ECC and EMP Compliance


STATUS OF
ECC/EMP Condition/Requirement
NO. ECC CONDITION COMPLIANCE REMARKS
Categorization
(if complying)
Project Coverage This certificate shall cover the construction and operation of a The total production from January to June
1 Rolling Mill Plant using one (1) unit Walking hearth Furnace with a Yes year 2016 is 221,383.694 metric ton
production capacity fifty (50) tons per hour of steel products
Institutional arrangements necessary A properly designed perimeter wall of sufficient height shall be Trees are planted besides perimeter wall of
for implementation of environmental 2 constructed and trees should be planted along the wall to Yes the plant.
management measures augment its buffet capacity.
Institutional arrangements necessary Adequate mitigating measures should be provided to prevent Air, Noise and water pollution is within DENR
for implementation of environmental 3 noise/air and water pollution. Yes target standards.
management measures
Institutional arrangements necessary Proper maintenance of pollution control equipment and facilities Continuous monitoring and maintenance of
for implementation of environmental shall be carried out at all times to attain maximum efficiency. pollution control equipment. See picture of
4 Yes
management measures pollution control device during replacement
(recuperator).
Institutional arrangements necessary An adequate settling pond shall provided for the process cooling Settling pond is provided inside the plant for
for implementation of environmental water and no effluent from the same shall be discharged into any the process cooling water and no effluent
5 Yes
management measures receiving water body without prior treatment and if it has not met from the same shall be discharged into any
DENR standards. receiving water body.
Institutional arrangements necessary Proper collection and disposal of solid wastes particularly sludges Continuous collection of solid waste
for implementation of environmental 6 from the settling pond and mill scales shall be effected. Yes materials and transfer to waste management
management measures area with appropriate and proper documents.
Institutional arrangements necessary The proponent shall monitor regularly the noise levels, stack Continues monitoring Air, Noise, water
for implementation of environmental emissions and effluents, ambient air and water quality following quality, stack emission pollution is within
7 Yes
management measures the submitted/accepted monitoring program and using monitoring DENR target standards. 3rd party testing
equipment duly authorized by DENR. (DENR accredited)
Institutional arrangements necessary Noise levels, emissions and effluents generated shall conform to Air, Noise and water pollution is within DENR
for implementation of environmental 8 DENR set standards. Yes target standards.
management measures
Institutional arrangements necessary 9 An Environmental Unit (EU) shall created by the management to Yes The company has designated a PCO who

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation|Page ES-14


EXECUTIVE Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
SUMMARY Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

STATUS OF
ECC/EMP Condition/Requirement
NO. ECC CONDITION COMPLIANCE REMARKS
Categorization
(if complying)
for implementation of environmental handle the environment-related aspects of the project. The EU shall perform and carry out the duties of EU.
management measures shall submit environmental/monitoring reports to the EMB and
DENR-EMPAS Region III on a quarterly basis.
Other sectoral requirements Qualified local residence shall be given priority in employment. Company HR and Admin prioritize the hiring
mandated by other agencies to be 10 Yes of personnel leaving near the plant or within
complied with Bulacan area.
Other sectoral requirements Safety gadgets shall be provided to all workers to prevent health Plant personnel protective equipment PPE is
mandated by other agencies to be and occupational hazards. given to the plant employee at a given task.
11 Yes
complied with And it can be seen in the pant PPE matrix for
personnel guidance.
Institutional arrangements necessary On the spot monitoring and inspection may be conducted by the Ocular inspection and meeting conducted by
for implementation of environmental 12 EMB, DENR Region III anytime in coordination with the concerned Yes the DENR region 3 and DENR Central last
management measures groups January 8, 2016. See Attached document.
Standard DENR requirements on the Transfer of ownership of this project carries the same conditions in There is No transfer of ownership was been
transfer of ownership 13 this ECC for which written notification shall made within fifteen Yes made.
(15) days from such transfer.

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation|Page ES-15


EXECUTIVE Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
SUMMARY Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Table ES-9. Environmental Monitoring Plan


Sampling and Measurement Plan Annual EQPL Management Scheme
Environmental Potential Parameter to Lead
Estimated EQPL Range Management Measure
Aspect Impact be Monitored Method Frequency Location Person
Cost Alert Action Limit Alert Action Limit
WATER
Effluent Water pH Grab Quarterly 1 Station PCO/ P70,000 SAMC do not discharge 6.0 – 9.0 No action No action No action
(no water Temperature Sampling MMT water from process, thus 3 (max needed since needed since needed since
discharge but (°C) EQPL was not defined; rise) not being not being not being
water sample TSS DENR AO water sample is being 150 discharged discharged; discharged
to be taken Oil & Grease 2016-08 taken from the last tank of 10
from the last BOD Class C the water recycling 100
water tank of Cd system. 0.005
the cooling Pb 0.30
water system); Cr 0.10
monitoring Phenolic 0.05
later to be Substance
decided by
Cyanide .1
MMT if to be
Surfactants 1.5
stopped based
Barium 3
on trend of
Iron 1.5
results
Lead 0.05
Manganese 0.2
Nickel 0.2
Mercury 0.02
Zinc 2
Fecal Coliforms 200
Ammonia 0.05
Chloride 350
Sulfate 275
Dissolved 5
Oxygen
Flouride 1
Nitrate 7
Phospate 0.5
AIR

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation|Page ES-16


EXECUTIVE Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
SUMMARY Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Sampling and Measurement Plan Annual EQPL Management Scheme


Environmental Potential Parameter to Lead
Estimated EQPL Range Management Measure
Aspect Impact be Monitored Method Frequency Location Person
Cost Alert Action Limit Alert Action Limit
Air Quality SO2 (µ g/Ncm) DENR AO Semi 4 station PCO/ P50,000 289 306 340 Check weather Check weather Check weather
(Ambient) 2000-81 Annual (hourly) MMT (1hr) (1hr) (1hr) condition during condition during condition during
Rule XXVI, sampling and if sampling and if sampling and if
Sec.1 location is location is location is
downwind of downwind of downwind of
the area. Check the area. the area.
NO2 (µg/Ncm) DENR AO Semi 4 station PCO/ 221 234 260
possible source Conduct site Conduct site
2000-81 Annual (hourly) MMT (1hr) (1hr) (1hr)
of pollution visit at said visit at said
Rule XXVI,
including sampling sampling
Sec.1
external factors. stations and stations and
Check status of hire a 3rd party hire a 3rd party
furnaces for any DENR DENR
upset of off- accredited accredited
TSP (µ g/Ncm) DENR AO Semi 4 station PCO/ 255 270 300
operating sampling firm to sampling firm to
2000-81 Annual (hourly) MMT (1-hr) (1-hr) (1-hr)
parameters and confirm by confirm by
Rule XXVI,
have it adjusted checking Checking
Sec.1
accordingly as emission of emission of
PM10 (µg/Ncm) DENR AO Semi 4 station PCO/ 170 180 200
needed. smoke stack . smoke stack..
2000-81 Annual (hourly) MMT (1-hr) (1-hr) (1-hr)
Conduct Conduct
Rule XXVI,
adjustment of adjustment of
the unit’s the unit’s
operation per operation per
operating operating
manual. manual.
Temporarily
stop certain
aspect of
operation
unless the
problem has
been resolved.
Air Quality Furnace (Mill1 DENR AO Furnace Mill 1 & 2 PCO/ P60,000 128 (85%) 135 (90%) 150 Check status of Hire a 3rd party Hire a 3rd party
(Source and 2) Stack + 2000-81 Stack – Stack and MMT /stack furnaces for stack testing Stack testing
Specific) genset Rule XXV, see ECC Genset any upset of off- firm as per DAO firm as per
Emission: Sec.1; condition Stack operating 2013-26 for DAO 2013-26
PM (mg/Ncm) NESSAP parameters and stack emission for stack
Furnace (Mill1 Genset -1st 630 (80%) 665 (95%) 700 have it adjusted testing. emission

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation|Page ES-17


EXECUTIVE Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
SUMMARY Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Sampling and Measurement Plan Annual EQPL Management Scheme


Environmental Potential Parameter to Lead
Estimated EQPL Range Management Measure
Aspect Impact be Monitored Method Frequency Location Person
Cost Alert Action Limit Alert Action Limit
and 2) Stack + year and 2 accordingly as Conduct proper testing.
genset years needed. and regular Conduct proper
Emission: thereafter Coordinate with maintenance of and regular
SO2 (mg/Ncm) (MC 2007- operations and combustion maintenance of
Furnace (Mill1 03) 850 (85%) 9000 1,000 verify the status furnace. Clean combustion
and 2) Stack + (90%) of engines or inside stack furnace.
genset any upset of off- walls. Temporarily
Emission: operating stop operation
NO2 (mg/Ncm) parameters and unless the
Furnace (Mill1 425 (85%) 420 (90%) 500 have it adjusted problem has
and 2) Stack + accordingly as been resolve.
genset needed.
Emission:
CO
(mg/Ncm)
Noise Portable Semi 2 stations PCO P10,000 Daytime - Daytime - Daytime - Conduct survey If source of Conduct noise
(Decibels dBA) Noise Annual (hourly) 60dB 63 70 at sampling noise is from sampling in the
sampler station to verify Mill, inform the presence of the
1 station Night-time Night-time Night-time complaints as plant manager DENR and 3rd
NPCC Class (24 hours) – 55dB – 58 – 60 per Noise Level to provide noise party
C for Monitoring and mitigation environmental
industrial Measurement measures. firm. Inform the
area Procedure. Conduct noise operation or the
Check the monitoring to area owner to
sound level verify if the level stop activity
using sound is already with unless noise
meter. the limits. If mitigation
Determine source of noise measure has
possible cause. is not from been installed
plant, inform the or the source of
MMT regarding noise has been
the possible corrected. Upon
source of noise installation of
for the group’s noise mitigation
investigation measures
and conduct noise
coordination monitoring to

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation|Page ES-18


EXECUTIVE Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
SUMMARY Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Sampling and Measurement Plan Annual EQPL Management Scheme


Environmental Potential Parameter to Lead
Estimated EQPL Range Management Measure
Aspect Impact be Monitored Method Frequency Location Person
Cost Alert Action Limit Alert Action Limit
with LGU. verify if the
noise level is
already within
limits.
PEOPLE
Exposure of Safe person- Incident Annually Project Site MMT Part of the 10% 10% Major Conduct re- Inspect the area Hire 3rd party
employees hours, injury, reporting, monitoring increase increase in accidents training of the wherein most safety
and the local near miss and survey, fund of in injury, injury, near such as workers on accident practitioner to
community to other safety include in the MMT near misses fires, safety rules and happens. conduct safety
heavy performance Health and misses and minor explosion, regulations. Conduct audit in the
industrial indices Health Safety Plan and minor accidents. etc. Conduct monitoring. plant site.
operation statistic. of the accidents. investigation.
activities proponent.
Community Health Statistics Inputs from Quarterly Direct and MMT Part of the Increase Complaints Multiple Talk with the Intensify IEC Conduct public
the LGU Indirect MMT level of lodged by complaints local and community hearing if
health Impact Budget sickness the lodged by stakeholders to relations. necessary.
workers who Community such as flu community the check their
attends the as result community stand on the
regular MMT of the issues to
meetings health and property
social address it.
survey

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation|Page ES-19


EXECUTIVE Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
SUMMARY Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Environmental Monitoring Fund and Environmental Guarantee Fund

The Proponent will commit an Environmental Guarantee Fund of P500,000 intended to


rehabilitate components of the environment and compensate damage/s to properties
adversely affected by the project. The company will also allocate Environmental
Monitoring Funding in the amount of P500,000 for activities to be done by the MMT and
replenish the same when necessary. However, the stated amounts on the said funds are
only indicative, the MMT will evaluate and recommend the final amount of EMF and EGF
fund to be put up for the proposed plant.

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation|Page ES-20


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 1
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

CHAPTER 1 PROJECT DESCRIPTION

1.1 PROJECT BACKGROUND

The Meycauayan Works of SteelAsia houses two rolling mill lines which the company calls
M1 and M2.

M1 is a Philippine steel industry pioneer and is the heart of the Meycauayan Works.
commissioned in 1996, it was the country’s first modern rolling mill.It featured many
pioneering technologies such as 12-meter billet capability, walking-hearth furnace, in-
line rolling train configuration, independent drives, Level-2 automation, quick size
change and more new advances that allowed the Philippine steel industry to leapfrog into
the modern era of efficiency, productivity, conservation and operational health and
safety.The mill was given tax incentives by the Philippine Board of Investments as a
Pioneer investment, due to these new technologies. The mill has been a multiple and
Hall of Fame Awardee of the Department of Energy for energy conservation.

M1 is also the first rebar rolling mill in the Philippines to have the following certifications;
ISO 9001 (Quality Management System), ISO 14001 (Environmental Management
System), OHSAS 18001 (Occupational Health and Safety Management) and UK CARES
(British Standard).

The most significant fact about M1 is that it changed the Philippine steel industry.The
capabilities of the mill raised the benchmarks of reliable service, quality and low cost.The
mill put the consumer first and emphasized customer satisfaction and added value.The
mill allowed the business of rebar to become de-commoditized and more of a service
differentiated industry. M2 is a 100,000 tpy cross-country rolling mill commissioned in
19891.

Rolling Mill 1 has an Environmental Compliance Certificate(ECC No. 9504-004-


102C)which involves 50 mt/hr rebar production capacity with 400,000 metric tons per
year production while Rolling Mill 2 is not yet operational. SAMC plans to increase in
rebar production capacity for Rolling Mill 1 from 50 mt/hr allowed in its existing ECC to
80 mt/hr or 600,000 mt/year. On the other hand, the existing Rolling Mill 2, formerly
owned by Peninsula Steel Manufacturing was issued with ECC No. 8902-003-107A. It
was not operational since its acquisition by SteelAsia in May 1999. To keep up with
market demand, SteelAsia plans to operate said existing Mill 2 with production capacity
of 20mt/hr or100,000 mt/year.

1.2 PROJECT LOCATION AND AREA

The project is located within the 18 hectares property of SAMC in Ciudad Industria Bahay
Pare, Meycauayan, Bulacan.Figure 1-2 and Figure 1-2 shows the location of the

1
Meycauayan Works (2017). Retrieved June 29, 2017 from http://www.steelasia.com/company/plant-facilities/meycauayan-
works

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation|Page 1-1


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 1
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

project relative to the Province of Bulacan and City of Meycauayan respectively.Figure


1-3shows the location on the NAMRIA topographic map.
Table 1-1. Geographic coordinates of the Project Area
Corners Latitude Longitude
1 14.762659 121.007677
2 14.763243 121.008837
3 14.766376 121.007013
4 14.76733 121.00729
5 14.767076 121.00902
6 14.765989 121.009052
7 14.766031 121.00902
8 14.765375 121.011603
9 14.763869 121.010575
10 14.762821 121.011919
11 14.762297 121.010688
12 14.763243 121.008837
13 14.762078 121.007964

1.2.1 Accessibility of the Project Site

The site can be reached from Manila through NLEX and then Malhacan Road or through
Congressional Extension Road and Manufacturers Avenue. There are land transportations
available in the area with several terminals such as one at El Camino Public Market and
EMA Town Center.Iba Road is the main road artery to the project site. The access road
to the site is within Ciudad Industria.Green lines in the Figure 1-4 map below shows the
access road going to the site.

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation|Page 1-2


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 1
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

SteelAsia Mfg. Corp.

Figure 1-1. Location Map (Bulacan)

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation|Page 1-3


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 1
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

SteelAsia Mfg. Corp.

Figure 1-2. Location Map of the Project

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation|Page 1-4


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 1
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Figure 1-3. Topographic Map of the Project Area

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation|Page 1-5


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 1
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Figure 1-4. Project Accessibility Map

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation|Page 1-6


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 1
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

1.2.2 Delineation of Impact Areas

The direct impact areas (“DIA”) are zones where all project facilities are proposed to be
located and where operations of the project are to be undertaken. To be specific, the
direct impact area of the project will be the project area lot in Barangay Bahay Pare,
Meycauayan, Bulacan where the existing and proposed expansion project will be built.
DIAs also include areas where emissions of the project may have significant
environmental impacts based on the impact assessment conducted. Results of air
dispersion modeling reveal that highest ground level concentration (GLC) of all modeled
parameters falls within the residential areas of Brgy. Bahay Pare.

The indirect impact areas are areas outside the project boundaries that may be affected
by the project. In terms of the physical and biological environment, indirect impact areas
include the downstream portions of Meycauayan River. In terms of indirect socio-
economic impacts, the municipality of Meycauayan is also identified.

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation|Page 1-7


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 1
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Figure 1-5. Project Impact Areas

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation|Page 1-8


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 1
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

1.3 PROJECT RATIONALE

The steel industry in the Philippines is one of the most significant growth industries.
Steel constitutes a basic industry prerequisite in a country’s pursuit of development and
industrialization. The central role of the industry stems from its linkages with numerous
sectors, where its products serve as an essential input to countless uses, such as
building and construction, automotive, shipbuilding and repair, electronics, packaging,
etc. and it is equally important contributions to employment generation, growth, and
promotion of industrial activity, etc. Therefore, ensuring a strong domestic steel and
steel-based industry is vital in developing the competitive edge of a country in meeting
the challenges of globalization.

With the boost in infrastructure industry in the country together with the rehabilitation
activities in some parts of the country, there will be a bigger demand for reinforcing steel
bars. The proponent is investing in the expansion of SAMC Plant to improve its
production capacity and operations process to cater to the aforementioned increase in
demand.

1.4 PROJECT ALTERNATIVES

1.4.1 Siting

Based on the ten-year market projections from 2015 to 2025, the rebar market would
grow from 3 million tons to 7 million tons. Half of the rebar demand will be in Metro
Manila, Central Luzon & Northern Luzon. To address this market demand, SAMC plans to
operate said existing Mill 2 with production capacity of 20mt/hr or100,000 mt/year.

The existing rolling mills are located near the developing cities and municipalities in
Luzon.

SAMC has already considered putting up new steel mills in other areas like Compostela
in Cebu, Candelaria in Quezon and another one in Calaca Batangas. ECC applications for
these new plants are still in process. It would take at least 3 years more before any of
these new plants can be functional. Considering time, cost and opportunity of using new
technology, the management decided to pursue the expansion for Meycauayan site by
revamping Mill 1 old furnace and rehabilitating and operating Mill 2. One of the
significant factor that lead to the expansion is the increasing maintenance cost of Mill 1
furnace plus it’s decreasing fuel efficiency. Since the Mill 1 old furnace will be replaced
with a more fuel efficient one, there arise an opportunity of adding 2 more roughing mill
stands to enable the mill to use bigger billets thus increasing productivity. Also, the Mill
2 facility, upon evaluation, only needs rehabilitation and can still produce 100kmty. In
only about 6 months, these developments can be completed and can already help
augment the supply to the increasing market demand for rebars.

1.4.2 Technology Selection

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation|Page 1-9


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 1
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

The technology and the processes to be used in the proposed expansion is the same with
the project’s existing technologies. The only difference between process of Mill1 and Mill
2 is that Mill2 has no quenching process.
1.4.3 Resources

In terms of water source, the Project will collect water from deepwells and rainwater
reservoir. In terms of power supply, the requirement is not as much as steel mill with a
melting facility. Meralco will provide the power requirement of the mill, they will also
provide the tapping point and the distribution line going to the mill Electrical Substation.

1.5 PROJECT COMPONENTS

1.5.1 Major Project Component

Table 1-2 shows the comparison of the existing and proposed project components of
the project while presents the Project Site Development Plan.

Table 1-2. Existing and Proposed Project Components


Component Existing Expansion
Capacity 50 mt/hr or approx 400,000 mt/yr 600,000 mt/yr
Rolling Furnace Walking Hearth (50mt/hr) Pusher Type (80 mt/hr)
Mill 1 Smoke Stack 45m high 50m high
Mill Train 18 stands 20 stands
Capacity not operational 100,000 mt/yr
Rolling Furnace Pusher Type (20 mt/hr) same
Mill 2 Smoke Stack 36m high same
Mill Train 11 stands same

Other facilities to be constructed as a result of the proposed expansion:

• Additional Finished Goods Warehouse with area of6,510 sq.m and capacity
of25,000 mt of finished goods
• Bigger Truck Marshalling Area (6,578 sq.m, 72 trucks capacity)
• Rainwater Catchment / Reservoir (approx. 10,000 cu.m.)

1.5.1.1 Rolling Mill

Billets shall be fed & heated in a reheating furnace then undergo size reduction in a
series of rolling mill stands.Then, the rolled steel bars shall pass through a quenching
system where it is rapidly cooled. The cooled bars shall then be cut into the desired
length, then sorted, bundled and stockpiled prior to delivery. The production capacity of
the proposed rolling mill will be 600,000 Metric Tons annually. Illustration of the process
is shown below. Technical details on the subcomponents of the rolling mill are provided
as caption for the succeeding illustrations.

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation|Page 1-10


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 1
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project
Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 1
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project
Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 1
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project
Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 1
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project
Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 1
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

1.5.1.2 Process Wastewater Treatment Plant (WTP)

The water treatment system is designed to handle both the direct and indirect cooling
water from the rolling mill operations. Direct cooling water is the water which is in direct
contact with the product, specifically the water used to cool the rolls in the bar mill line.
Indirect cooling water on the other hand is the water that does not touch the products
and stays inside the pipes and ducts. The WTP is designed to cool and recycle 2,720
m3/hr of direct cooling water and 1,020 m3/hr of indirect cooling water.The recycled
water allows the mill to significantly reduce the amount of fresh water required. The
equipment used in this WTP are five cooling towers, sedimentation basins, several filters
and pumps.

Figure 1-6. Cooling Water Recirculating Process

1.5.1.3 Electrical Substation

A 115 KV substation which will consist of a 20 MVA power transformer will be installed as
a requirement for the power supply of Rolling Mill and plant auxiliaries.Harmonic filters
will also be installed for the rolling mill to be compliant with the Philippine grid code on
the system power quality such voltage and frequency variations, flicker severity and
harmonic distortions. Meralco will provide the power requirement of the mill, they will
also provide the tapping point and the distribution line going to the mill Electrical
Substation.

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation|Page 1-15


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 1
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Other Ancillary Components:

• Water Catchment Pond to mitigate use of water

• Materials Recovery Facilityfor waste segregation and recovery of materials for


recycling

• Fuel Tank for storing Low Sulfur Fuel Oil (LSFO) for air pollution control

• Recuperator System to reduce emission of greenhouse gasses

• Flue Stack with increased height

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation|Page 1-16


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 1
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Figure 1-7. Project Site Development Plan

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation|Page 1-17


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 1
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

1.5.2 Pollution Control Devices

The furnace is equipped with state of the art combustion automation for effective and
efficient control of gas emission.The smoke stack is 50m high reducing impact on the
immediate surroundings.The furnace also has a recuperator which is a special purpose
counter-flow energy recovery heat exchanger positioned in the exhaust gas to recover
the waste heat. Air/Fuel ratio and recuperator is controlled by Programmable Logic
Control (PLC) through Human Interface Interface (HMI).

The plant has a closed loop water system. The water used in cooling the equipment and
in the quenching process flows back to the cooling system, into the water tanks for
settling particulates and recirculated back to the process. Domestic wastewater goes to
the septic tanks which are regularly maintained/ siphoned by DENR recognized service
providers. Thus, there’s no water effluent from the plant. The drainage system is for
rainwater.

1.5.3 Waste Management System

Scale

Scale is formed on the outer surfaces of plates, sheets or profiles when they are being
produced by rolling red hot iron or steel billets in rolling mills. Mill scale is composed of
iron oxides mostly ferric and is bluish black in color. It is usually less than 1 mm thick
and initially adheres to the steel surface and protects it from atmospheric corrosion.
Scales will be collected in containers and will be for sale abroad for recycling in sinter
plants.

Used oil

Used oil will be collected and put inside sealed drums, stored in a company designated
Material Recovery Facility (MRF) inside the plant. It will be transported and treated by a
DENR accredited TSD facility.

Solid wastes

Solid Wastes will be properly segregated and to be disposed in the Material Recovery
Facility of Meycauayan.Moreover, Busted Fluorescent Bulbs will be put in a container,
stored inside the plant MRF in accumulation until there are sufficient inventory for proper
disposal through a DENR accredited TSD facility.

For the contaminated rags and gloves, the wastes will also be put in bags, stored inside
the plant MRF in accumulation until there is sufficient inventory for proper disposal
through a DENR accredited TSD facility.

Used automotive batteries will be traded-in to designated suppliers.

Table 1-3. Waste Management System of SAMC


Waste Items Disposal Plan Frequency Responsible
1. Steel Scrap Sorted and transferred to Every 20 MT / type
Scrap disposal
Meltshop (Calaca) availability
2. Mill scales Stored/accumulated in storage Every 2 months Scrap disposal

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation|Page 1-18


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 1
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Waste Items Disposal Plan Frequency Responsible


yard. Sell to regular exporters.
3. Used oil Sell/donate to DENR certified Weekly / depends on
Scrap disposal
recyclers. accumulated quantity.
4. Used grease Sell/donate to DENR certified Weekly / depends on
Scrap disposal
recyclers accumulated quantity.
5. Domestic Collected by Municipal /
garbage Barangay garbage collectors or Every 2 months Plant Admin
private haulers
6. Electricalwaste Depends on
Sell to accredited waste recyclers Scrap disposal
accumulation
7. Scrap Sell to accredited waste Depends on
Scrap disposal
computers recyclers. accumulation
8. Used car/truck Sell to accredited waste Depends on
Scrap disposal
batteries recyclers. accumulation
9.Used rubber Depends on
Sell to accredited buyers. Scrap disposal
tires accumulation
10. wood/crate Sell to interested employees /
As available Plant Admin
materials donate
11. Empty paint tin Sell/donate to DENR certified Depends on
Scrap disposal
cans recyclers. accumulation
12. Accumulated Sell/donate to DENR certified Depends on
Scrap disposal
paint droplets recyclers. accumulation
13. Used gloves and Sell/donate to DENR certified Depends on
Scrap disposal
rags recyclers accumulation
14. High valued
Sorted and disposed through Depends on
scrap(copper, Scrap disposal
bidding accumulation
bronze)

SAMC manages wastes as per established procedure SA-IMS-CP-216 Waste Management


Program.Proper waste segregation is observed using color coded containers.

1. Green– decomposing wastes, i.e. paper, carton boxes


2. Blue– non-decomposing wastes i.e. plastics, Styrofoam, rubber
3. Gray– used gloves, oily rugs
4. Yellow – metal based wastes, i.e. metal cuttings, replaced parts, bolts,
nuts,Slings, tie wires
5. Red– electrical wastes, i.e. electrical wires, carbon brush, bustedlamps,
contactors (located at Electrical Shop)

Appropriate storage areas are identified:

Table 1-4. Storage for waste items


Waste Items Designated Storage EHS Control
1. Steel Scrap Scrap yard:Column AB 22-24 and Use of steel buckets/ sorting
Adjacent billet yard.
2. Mill scales Mill scale dumping area Containment with oil trap.
3. Used oil Used oil /grease storage area Covered storagewith containment
4. Used grease Used oil/grease storage area Covered storagewith containment
5. Domesticgarbage Waste segregation facility Contained in color coded and
labeled trash drums/bins.
6. Electrical waste Temporary storage only in Electrical Red colored drums and Segregated
shop. Note: Busted fluorescent / high from other wastes
bay lighting bulbs are segregated and
stored at waste hazard facility.
7. Scrap computers Stored in a container van at Mill 2 area Segregated from other wastes.

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation|Page 1-19


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 1
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Waste Items Designated Storage EHS Control


8. Used Hazard waste facility Segregated from other wastes.
car/truckbatteries
9.Used rubber tires Waste segregation facility Segregated from other wastes.
10.Wood / crate Temporary storage only in respective Offer to sell to interested
materials areas. employees.
11. Empty paint tin can Waste segregation facility Segregated from other wastes.
12. Accumulated paint Hazard waste facility Segregated from other wastes.
droplets
13. Used gloves and Hazard waste facility Surrender to stores prior to
rags issuance
14. High valued Waste segregation facility Segregated in sealed drum
scrap(copper, bronze)

Work instructions on Waste Management

In addition to the above procedure on waste management, there are other established
specific work instructions which specify operational controls to address significant
environmental aspects which were identified in the regular aspect-impact assessment
conducted by each department. Some of which are:

SA-WI-IMS-001 Proper Collection, Labeling & Storage of Waste Oil & Grease

SA-IMS-REF-006 General Health, Environment, & Safety Contractor’s Guidelines

SA-WI-MM-101-17 Water Tank & Scalepit Descaling

SA-WI-EMAINT-108-01 Proper Handling & Storage of Refrigerant (for ACUs)

SA-WI-MM-101-45 Grease Trap Maintenance Procedure

Monitoring checklists are also being used to ensure controls are in place. Some of which
are Safety & Housekeeping Inspection Checklists (includes checking of condition of
secondary containment) & Process & equipment inspection Checklists of each
maintenance group to ensure defined parameters are within set standards to prevent
processes going out of control to avoid unnecessary loss of resources like power, water &
fuel and that generated wastes are handled properly.

1.6 PROCESS/TECHNOLOGY

Process involve in the rolling mill are as follows:

Table 1-5. Process in the rolling mill


Process Process Description Equipment Input By-Product
Imported or local billets are
unloaded and piled up at the
Receiving of Semi-Gantry
billet yard and handled using Power
Billet Crane
semi-gantry cranes; received and
inspected as per set standards
Cold Billets are loaded by the semi- Semi-gantry Scales- Complex
Charging/Re- gantry crane to the charging crane, iron oxide formed
heating of table,transferred by rollers to the Charging Fuel, Power on the billet surface
Billets furnace, & reheated to achieve table, rollers, during reheating
the required rolling temperature. Reheating process.

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation|Page 1-20


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 1
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Process Process Description Equipment Input By-Product


Furnace
Crop Ends-
Power, Water,
Billet passes through rollers to irregularly shaped
Lubrication,
Rolling reduce the cross section that Rolling Stands head and tailsteel
Compressed
results to elongation of the billet. bars which are cut
Air
off to avoid cobbles
Steel bars passes through a
Water Scales- Complex
quenching system where it is Water
Quenching(for iron oxide formed
rapidly cooled by pressurized Quenching Water
Rolling Mill1 on the steel
water to alter its strength grade. System
only) surface.
Steel bars are air-cooled and
Power,
transported to the discharge end
Cooling Cooling Bed Compressed NA
by the cooling bed.
Air

A sample bar per batch will be cut Cutting Torch,


from the cooling bed and will be UTM,
Spectrometer, Power, Oxy
Product Testing submitted to QA Laboratory for NA
Caliper, acetylene
physical, mechanical and
Weighing
chemical testing. Scale
Short Bars- steel
Power,
Steel bars are cut into bars with length
Cutting Cold Shear compressed
commercial lengths. less than the
air
commercial length.
Cut re-bars are conveyed to the Rolling Mill 1:
assembly bed and separated by Automatic
the mechanical chains to be Screw Counter
Counting Power NA
ready for counting; An automatic
Rolling Mill 2:
screw counter will count the re- Manual
bars. Counting
As one standard bundle is
completed, the buffered re-bars
Bundling Bundling Wire,
Bundling will be conveyed to the automatic NA
Machine Power, Oil, Air
bundling machines (2 or 3 tie per
bundle).
A tag indicating the actual grade,
size, length will be attached to
Tagging & Color the bundled re-bars. The ends of Printer, paint Wire, Tag,
NA
Coding the bundled re-bars are painted spray paint,
with colors depending on its
grade.
Finished goods will then be
transferred to the warehouse by Overhead
Storage Power NA
the overhead cranes and will be cranes
ready for delivery to customers.

Figure 1-8 shows the Process Flow Chart and Figure 1-9 show the photos.The only
difference between process of Mill1 and Mill 2 is that Mill2 has no quenching process.

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation|Page 1-21


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 1
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Figure 1-8.. Process Flowchart

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation|Page 1-22


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 1
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

RECEIVING OF RE--HEATING OF ROLLING WATER QUENCHING


BILLETS BILLETS (for Mill 1 only)

COUNTING CUTTING TESTING COOLING

Figure 1-9. Process Flow in Photos


BUNDLING TAGGING AND COLOR CODE WAREHOUSING
Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation|Page 1-23
Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 1
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Figure 1-10shows the Material Balance Diagram and Figure 1-11 to Figure
1-13shows the Water Balance Diagrams.

Steel billet
Mill 1 600,000 metric tons
Mill 2 100,000 metric tons

Process Loss
Mill 1 Mill 2
Mill scale 6.5 tons 6.9 tons
Crop shear ends 0.60 tons 5.7 tons
Cobble 0.85 tons 1.5 tons

Elongated and Deformed Rebars


Mill 1 599,991 metric tons
Mill 2 99,985 metric tons

Process Loss
Mill 1 Mill 2
Bar ends 4.75 tons 11.4 tons
Test Sample Bars 0.07 tons 0.5 tons

Rebars in Commercial Length


Mill 1 599,986 metric tons
Mill 2 99,974 metric tons

Figure 1-10. Material Balance Diagram

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation|Page 1-24


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 1
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Figure 1-11. Current Water Balance Diagram of Mill 1

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation|Page 1-25


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 1
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Figure 1-12. Water Balance Diagram of Mill 1 for Expansion

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation|Page 1-26


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 1
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Figure 1-13. Water Balance Diagram for Mill 2

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation|Page 1-27


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 1
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Maintenance of Facilities

SAMC’s maintenance departments are responsible for the equipment control and
maintenance:

• Building & Grounds Maintenance Group is in charge of the general upkeep and
cleanliness of buildings and grounds of the plant.A Facilities Engineer heads the
group of technicians and facilities maintenance personnel.
• Mechanical Maintenance Department is responsible for the maintenance of
mechanical equipment such as the water cooling system, spindles, drives, in-
house vehicles and heavy equipment, etc.
• Electrical Maintenance Department is responsible for the maintenance of electrical
equipment and facilities like motors, PLCs, lightings, wirings, etc.

Each group has established Preventive Maintenance Programs for equipment and
facilities under their management.

1.7 PROJECT SIZE

The production capacity will increase to 600,000 metric tons per year for Rolling Mill 1
(from 400,000 metric tons per year) and 100,000 metric tons per year for Rolling Mill2
(from not operational).The total annual production in metric tons per annum for the
proposed project is 700,000.

Total project area is 18 hectares.

Table 1-6. Size of existing and proposed project


Existing Proposed
Rolling Mill 1 Capacity (in metric tons per year) 400,000 600,000
Rolling Mill 2 Capacity (in metric tons per year) Not operational 100,000
Project Size (in hectares) 18 18

1.8 DEVELOPMENT PLAN, DESCRIPTION OF PROJECT PHASES AND


CORRESPONDING TIMEFRAMES

1.8.1 PRE-CONSTRUCTION

There will be no additional land to be acquired.Permit applications necessary for land


developments and construction are to be considered in the contracts with
contractors.Around 30 trees will be cut inside the SAMC property and necessary tree
cutting permit will be secured.

1.8.2 CONSTRUCTION

Development phase is comprised mostly of civil works construction. It is estimated that


the construction of all the necessary structures will be finish in approximately nine (9)
months. The major activities are as follows:

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation|Page 1-28


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 1
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

• Mobilization of personnel and


equipment
• Clearing and grubbing
• Earthworks/ Excavation
• Structural/ Civil Works
• Utilities
• Sanitary
• Plumbing
• Electrical
• Mechanical
• Finishing
• Equipment Installation
• Landscaping of Open Spaces/Open
Space Development
• Demobilization

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation|Page 1-29


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 1
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

The schedule of activities for each project component is presented in Figure 1-14and Figure 1-15.

WEEKS
NEW FURNACE BUILDING 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40

1 Site Inspection
2 Clearing Activities
3 Structural Reworks
4 Furnace Foundation Works
5 Structural Erection

NEW FURNACE PUSHER TYPE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40


1 Installation of Discharging
Wall
2 Installation of Lateral Wall
3 Installation of Charging Wall
4 Clearing Door, Charging and
Discharging Doors
5 Hearth Structure
6 Roof Structure
7 Stairs, Walkways and
Platforms
8 Welding and Fixing

NEW M1 WAREHOUSE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
1 Civil works
2 Structural Works
3 Erection works
4 Crane Erection

TRUCK MARSHALING AREA 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40


1 Clearing Activities
2 Grading Activities
3 Civil works

Figure 1-14. Project Schedule for Mill 1

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation|Page 1-30


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 1
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

For Rolling Mill2, following facilities and equipment will either be replaced or repaired on the following timelines:

Mill 2 Activities Month 1 Month 2 Month 3 Month 4 Month 5 Month 6


Roof Replacement with sidings for M2
Replacement of Furnace Skid rail
Smokestack rehabilitation (1 lot)
Electric Wire Rope Hoist 10Ton Capacity (1unit)
Abus Hoist Motor 2.3 / 14.8Kw (1unit)
Garbarino Pump (2units)
Oil Pump Viking (4units)
Gridmember for Roughing Mill
Universal Cross Joint for Finishing Mill
Gear Tandem Intermediate Mill
1-set Winflex coupling 95T
Gear Motor 1:30 10Hp 440V (2 units)
Repair 1500Hp AC motor
3-Units Frequency Converter 22Kw
4-Units Frequency Converter 5KW
1 unit 2500 kVA transformer
Testing of all equipment
Figure 1-15. Project Schedule for Mill 2

The rainwater reservoir is still at evaluation and design stage.

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation|Page 1-31


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 1
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

1.8.3 OPERATION

Permit to Operate for the Furnaces of both Mills will be secured from the Regional Office
of EMB-Region III.Commissioning will last for about 1 month to establish the new
parameters for the efficient operation of the furnace and of the mill. Standard
configurations will then be established like Furnace Temperature Control, Rolling Mill
Setup, and Delay Strategies.

1.8.4 DECOMMISSIONING/ABANDONMENT/REHABILITATION

Should there be case wherein the project will be abandoned, activities to be performed
shall include Environmental Site Assessment to determine contaminants left by the
operation and also dismantling and clean-up of the areas of operation.

1.9 MANPOWER

1.9.1 Manpower Requirements

Currently, SAMC has 415 plant employees. With the expansion, below additional
manpower is required. Table 1-7 shows that 175 workers will be hired for construction
stage and 148 workers for the operation stage. A total of 323 manpower will be required
for the construction and operation of the proposed expansion project.

Table 1-7. Manpower requirements for proposed expansion project


Existing Proposed Expansion
Component
Manpower Direct Indirect Position Qualification
Construction 5 Project Engineers Engineering graduate
- New Furnace 30 Skilled Workers (Welders, Technical graduate
for Mill 1 fabricators,steelman, mason)
20 Laborers Elementary level
- New 50 Skilled Workers (Welders, Technical graduate
Warehouse fabricators,steelman, mason)
50 Laborers Elementary level
- Truck 10 Skilled Workers Technical graduate
Marshalling (Fabricators,steelman, mason)
Area 10 Laborers Elementary level
Sub-total 175
Operation 415 27 Distribution Assistant College Level
27 Riggers Highschool graduate
5 Technicians Technical Course / Vocational
Graduate
9 Mill Crews Technical Course / Vocational
Graduate
20 Bundlers Elementary level
30 Truck Drivers Elementary level
30 Tuck Helpers Elementary level
Sub-total 415 148
TOTAL 415 323
Grand total
(existing +
proposed project 738
manpower
requirements)

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation|Page 1-32


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 1
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

1.9.2 Scheme for sourcing locally from host and neighboring LGUs

The proponent shall give priority hiring to locals of the impact barangay whose skills and
experience match theproject’s specific needs. A local hiring scheme will be established in
close coordination withthe concerned barangay Local Government Units (LGUs). In
general, the proponent willprovide a list of anticipated job requirements with
corresponding qualifications to theconcerned barangay LGUs. These potential
opportunities will be promoted by the barangayLGUs in their respective jurisdictions and
potential applicants will be forwarded to theproponent, for further review and evaluation
by the Human Resources office.

Consultations shall be made with the LGUs and host communities to finalize a scheme
forhiring residents from host communities. Qualified local residents will be given priority
inhiring. For technical positions not available in the host communities, the proponent
reservesthe option to source its manpower requirements elsewhere. Compensation
terms and theprocess of hiring will comply and adhere with existing labor laws, rules,
and regulations.

Of the current 415 employees, 275 or 66% are from Meycauayan, Bulacan. A hundred
(100) from this (or 24%)are from Bahay Pare, Meycauayan.

There is no indigenous group/people present in the project area.

1.10 PROJECT COST

The estimated project investment cost is 780.4 million.

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation|Page 1-33


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

CHAPTER 2 KEY ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND


MANAGEMENT/ MONITORING PLAN

2.1 LAND

2.1.1 LAND USE AND CLASSIFICATION

2.1.1.1 EXISTING LAND USE

The Municipality of Meycauayan is bordered by the towns of Sta. Maria, San Jose del
Monte, Marilao, and Obando in the province of Bulacan and City of Valenzuela. It is
approximately 19 kilometers north of the City of Manila and 22 kilometers south of Malolos,
the provincial capital. It is bounded on the east by Kalookan City, on the west by Obando,
on the north by Marilao, and on the south by Valenzuela City.

It encompasses an aggregate area of 3,210 hectares, representing 1.17 percent of the


total land area of the province of Bulacan.

Linking the municipality to major commercial centers of Luzon are two major
transportation arteries, namely, North Luzon Expressway and MacArthur Highway. The
municipality is easily accessible to all types of vehicle.

Meycauayan is presently composed of twenty-six (26) barangays, namely: Poblacion,


Hulo, Banga, Tugatog, Bancal, Longos, Bayugo, Ubihan, Liputan, Zamora, Calvario,
Saluysoy, St. Francis, Malhacan, Pandayan, Iba, Camalig, Lawa, Caingin, Langka, Libtong,
Perez, Bahay-Pare, Bagbaguin, Pantok, and Pajo. Poblacion is the town’s central business
district.

The existing general land use of Meycauayan consists of the following (Table 2-1).

Residential

An area of 1,253.6785 hectares or 39.06 percent account for residential uses in all
barangays situated mostly along the transport line or roadway. Other residents, however,
built individually apart from the settlement cluster and are interspersed with other land
uses.

The following barangays are classified as:

R 1 - Ubihan, Liputan, Camalig, Pajo and Bagbaguin

R 2 - Pantok, Iba, Perez, Bahay-Pare, Libtong, Langka and portion of


Pandayan

R 3 - Saluysoy, Zamora, Calvario, Longos, Poblacion, Bayugo, Tugatog,


Caingin, Lawa, Malhacan, Bancal, portion of Pandayan, Hulo, Banga,
and St. Francis (Gasak)

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-1


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Commercial

Commercial areas occupy 216.6985 hectares or 6.75 percent of the total land area of the
municipality. Commercial activities are centered in the Poblacion and its nearby barangays.

The ensuing list of barangays are categorized as:

GC - Portion of Malhacan, Iba, Pantok, Camalig, Saluysoy and Bancal

C1 - Poblacion, Calvario, Hulo, Banga, portion of Saluysoy, Malhacan and St.


Francis (Gasak)

C2 - Bancal, Bañga, Saluysoy

Institutional

The present institutional area of 20.76950 hectares or 0.65 percent include all schools,
churches, chapels and other government and non-government buildings/offices located
within the different barangays in the municipality.

Industrial

Big industrial establishments dispersed in different barangays covering an area of


766.2065 hectares or 23.87 percent of the municipality’s total land area. Identified sites
for this purpose are portions of Barangay Iba, Bancal, Camalig, Tugatog, Libtong, Pantok,
Bahay-Pare, Perez and Bagbaguin.

Parks and Recreational Zone

Parks and recreational zone, which consists of memorial parks, recreational areas and
other open spaces, constitutes 25.882 hectares or 0.81 percent.

Agricultural/Fish Ponds

Recent developments such as the establishment of new residential subdivisions and


industries are significantly decreasing the agricultural areas in the municipality. Areas
devoted to agricultural use account for 371.3 hectares or 11.57 percent for crop production
while 517.465 hectares or 16.12 percent are for fishponds.

Table 2-1. Existing Land Use in Meycuayan, Bulacan (2001)


Land Use Area (Hectares) Percent
Residential 1,253.6785 39.06
Agricultural 371.3000 11.56
Commercial 216.6985 6.75
Industrial 766.2065 23.87
Institutional 20.7695 0.65
Fish Ponds 517.4650 16.12
Open Space 38.0000 1.18
Parks and Recreation 25.8820 0.81
Total 3,210.0000 100
Source: 2015-2016 Meycuayan Socio Economic Profile

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-2


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

2.1.1.2 LAND CLASSIFICATION

Land Classification of Bulacan in Figure 2-1 shows that the whole City of Meycauayan is
declared as Alienable and Disposable land. Alienable and disposable lands are those lands
exempt from forest use and can be issued with a title.

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-3


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Project Area

Figure 2-1. Land Classification Map of Bulacan

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-4


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

2.1.1.3 POTENTIAL IMPACTS AND OPTIONS FOR PREVENTION, MITIGATION AND ENHANCEMENT

2.1.1.3.1 IMPACTS IN TERMS OF COMPATIBILITY WITH EXISTING LAND USE

The project is located within an Industrial Zone based on the existing land use of
Meycauayan City.

2.1.1.3.2 IMPACT ON COMPATIBILITY WITH CLASSIFICATION AS AN ENVIRONMENTALLY


CRITICAL AREA (ECA)

The proposed project site is inside an Industrial Zone and classified as Alienable and
Disposable land. Also, it is not located in any of the 12 ECA Categories identified in the
Revised Procedural Manual of DAO 2003-30.

2.1.1.3.3 IMPACT IN EXISTING LAND TENURE ISSUES

There are no possible land issues since the area of the project site is a property the
proponent.

2.1.1.3.4 IMPAIRMENT OF VISUAL AESTHETICS

There are no visually significant landforms/structures near the project area nor will result
to damage to visual aesthetics of its vicinity. However, establishment of vegetation buffers
are recommended.

2.1.1.3.5 DEVALUATION OF LAND VALUE AS A RESULT OF IMPROPER SOLID WASTE


MANAGEMENT AND OTHER RELATED IMPACTS

Fifty tons of garbage are being collected daily in Meycauayan City as of 2014 (Socio-
Economic Profile of Meycauayan City, 2015). The proponent implements its own waste
management program as discussed in Chapter 1.6.2.

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-5


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

2.1.2 GEOLOGY/GEOMORPHOLOGY

2.1.2.1 SURFACE LANDFORM / GEOMORPHOLOGY

Topography

The general topography of the land is relatively flat with an almost gently rolling hills.
Comfortably above sea level, this terrain is an interweaving of greenery and concrete road
network. The slope of the land dips towards a west to north westerly direction. River and
drainage waterways envelope and criss-cross the sea.

Based on Figure 2-2, the project area is located on a gently sloping to undulating (3-8%)
slope.

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-6


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Figure 2-2. Slope map of Bulacan

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-7


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

2.1.2.2 SUB-SURFACE GEOLOGY

Regional Stratigraphy

Meycauayan City generally grouped under the Stratigraphic Grouping of Central Luzon
Basin and Southern Sierra Madre-Mainland. The stratigraphic column of both groupings is
extracted from the revised edition of the Geology and Mineral Resources of the Philippines
shown in the figure.

Figure 2-3. Stratigraphic Column showing the Stratigraphic Groupings of Central Luzon
Basin and Southern Sierra Madre (MGB, 2004)

Meycauayan City is underlain by two distinct lithologic units, the central portion is
underlain by older rock sequence (Pleistocene) consisting of well-bedded tuffaceous
clastics and welded tuff belonging to the Guadalupe Formation. This formation has an
approximate thickness of 1,500 to 2,200 meters and it is composed of two members: Alat
Conglomerate and the Diliman Tuff. The east and west of this elevated area, thick layers
of very young (late Pleistocene to Recent), poorly-consolidated alluvial sands and clays
are deposited which is now called as Manila Formation. This formation has an approximate
thickness of 800 meters that overlies the Diliman Tuff in general. It is a sequence of

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-8


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

unconsolidated fluvial, deltaic and marine deposits consists of clay, silt, gravelly sand and
tuffaceous silt. Both formations are cut by the Valley Fault System.

Exposed along upstream of Malolos River and Meycauayan River where outcops of
members of the Pleistocene Guadalupe formation. The Guadalupe formation has a lower
Alat Conglomerate member and upper Diliman Tuff member, named after Diliman, Quezon
City where typical examples are exposed.

The Alat Conglomerate are exposed as low, rolling hills from eastern and northern
Montalban through the northern portion of Novaliches to San Jose del Monte. The
conglomerate constituents are made up of poorly sorted to unsorted rounded boulders,
pebbles and cobbles well cemented by finer calcareous materials. It contains interbeds of
sandstone, mudstone and shale. Overall color is gray. The shale is buff to brown, silty,
tuffaceous, soft, porous, homogenous and highly fractured. Its base with the underlying
volcanics is composed of thickly set pebbles, cobbles and boulders ranging from two to
eight inches in diameter consisting of basement complex rock types and also upper
Tertiary volcanic cobbles and boulders. Beds are from flat to about 10o to the west.

Diliman Tuff is a thick series of well stratified andesitic tuff and tuffaceous sandstone,
siltstone, shale, mudstone and conglomerate. Generally they are gray, buff, and brown.
Some of the layers vary from a few centimeters to 4 meters or more and are of coarser
material, which at times are gravely and full of pumiceous fragments of 3 to 5 cm. sizes.
On the whole, both the thick and thin beds tend to lense out although an area of exposed
impermeable tuff extends from Novaliches, Quezon City to southern Bulacan.

The “pyroclastics” is the lithologic unit mentioned in the Geologic Map of Bulacan from the
the PDPFP 2011-2030 and its formation name is Guadalupe Formation as shown in the
Stratigraphic Column where the lithologic members are the Diliman Tuff and the Alat
Conglomerates.

The Alluvium would be the Quaternary period or Recent residual soil that may cover the
rock formations and thickness would vary and may be verified by the geotechnical
boreholes or from excavations done on site.

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-9


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

PROJECT AREA

Figure 2-4. Geologic Map of Bulacan (PDPFP, 2010-2030)

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-10


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Structural Features

No geologic structures were observed in the project site. Based on the Valley Fault System
map produced by the PHIVOLCS, the project site is quite far from the West Valley Fault
(Figure 2-5). Although no surface structures were seen in the surface, subsurface
structures may be present.

Figure 2-5 Tectonic Map of the Philippines (Source: PHILVOLCS)

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-11


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

2.1.2.3 GEOLOGIC HAZARDS

The geologic hazards that were identified to have potential impacts on the project are
those related to seismicity and differential settlement.

2.1.2.3.1 Regional seismicity and Structures

The Philippine Islands’ location along a major plate boundary almost guarantees that the
levels of seismicity are high and earthquakes are large (moment magnitude [M] > 7).
Based on the historical record, more than 50 earthquakes of Ms 7.5 and larger have struck
the Philippines, most notable of these events have been the 1968 surface wave magnitude
(Ms) 7.7 Casigman, 1976 Ms 7.9 Mindanao, and the 1990 Ms 7.7 Luzon earthquake. The
figure shows the seismic distribution of some historical and recent earthquakes (Wong, et
al, 2006).

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-12


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Figure 2-6. Historical Seismicity (1600-2006) and active faults in the Philippines (Wong,
et al., 2007)

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-13


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

2.1.2.3.2 Fault related/seismic hazards

The high level of seismicity within the archipelago, averaging about five detectable
earthquakes per day, is attributing to movements caused by the interaction of major
tectonic plate boundaries along subduction zones and those generated from active faults.
There are three major fault systems that may affect Meycauayan City, Bulacan Province
and nearby Cities or Municipalities, namely: the Lubang (Verde Passage-Sibuyan Sea)
Fault, the Valley Fault System and the Philippine Fault (Infanta Fault) that are all
potentially active. Also, there are also subduction zone sources in the region that are
potentially capable of generating earthquakes with greater than 8 magnitudes. The most
significant is the Manila Trench subduction zone and the rest with a lesser amount occurs
along the East Luzon Trough and the Philippine Trench (Wong, et.al, 2007) (Daligdig and
Besana, 1993).

Lubang (Verde Passage-Sibuyan Sea) Fault. The Lubang Fault is an active strike-slip fault
located about 138 km southwest of Meycauayan City, had also been the site of large
earthquakes in the past, notably that of 1852 and 1972. However, the periodic stress
release along this structure as indicated by the present high level of seismicity, lessens
the potential for a major earthquake to come from this earthquake generator in the near
future.

Philippine (Infanta Fault) Fault Zone (PFZ). About one-third of the destructive earthquakes
that have impacted Bulacan were generated from the Philippine Fault Zone, a 1,300 km
long strike-slip fault transecting the Philippine Archipelago. Although a majority of the
most devastating earthquakes in Philippine history, including the 16 July 1990 event with
a magnitude of 7.8 was produced by the PFZ, other segments along this geologic structure
have not moved for a long time, thus constituting what are referred to as seismic gaps.
These seismic gaps are potential sources of big earthquakes in the future, one such gap is
located 81 km east of Meycauayan City, Bulacan.

Manila Trench. As mentioned earlier, the most significant subduction zone that may affect
the metropolis is the Manila Trench. It is a 1,000 km-long zone between Taiwan and
Mindoro Island in the Philippines. It is characterized by an east-dipping Wadati-Benioff
zone that extends to ~200 km depth (Hamburger et al., 1983). Kinematic and geodetic
studies indicate that Eurasia-Philippine Sea Plate convergence is accommodated primarily
along the Manila Trench, and a lesser amount occurs along the East Luzon Trough and
Philippine Trench (Galgana et al., 2007). Seismicity also indicates that the Wadati-Benioff
zone varies from moderately dipping along the central part of the subduction zone to near
vertical at both ends of the Manila Trench (Hamburger et al., 1983). Historically, the Manila
Trench has had few large magnitude earthquakes. Only two Ms > 7 earthquakes have
occurred west of Luzon during the past 100 years, in 1934 and 1948, and both are poorly
located with respect to the subduction zone (Hamburger et al., 1983). Rowlett and Kelleher
(1976) suggest that the 1948 earthquake was seaward of the trench, possibly related to
intraplate faulting. Although the location of the 1934 Ms 7.6 earthquake is poorly
constrained, it is close to where the Manila Trench changes trend from being more north-
south, south of 18° N, to northwest north of this latitude. It is approximately 194km from
the project site.

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-14


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Valley Fault System (VFS). The left lateral Valley Fault System forms a prominent
escarpment for about 32 kilometers along the eastern margin of the Quezon City plateau.
The Fault as it strikes nearly north-south extending from the eastern end of Tagaytay
Ridge to as far north as the boundary of Rizal and Bulacan provinces. The fault skirts along
the western shore of Laguna Lake and cuts through the Pasig-Marikina River Junction with
local vertical displacement of at least 70 meters. Studies conducted by PHIVOLCS and
USGS published in the Bulletin of the Seismological Society of America, reports that there
were evidences of movements over the past 1300 to 1700 years thus Valley Fault System
or “Marikina Valley Fault” is active. No recent seismic activity can yet be directly related
to this fault but its proximity to the center of Metropolitan Manila (only 5 km) makes it a
very significant tectonic feature (MGB, 2004). There is a range of 200 to 400 years is
estimated as the recurrence interval of the studied part and a 6 to 7 magnitude earthquake
is expected based on the predicted rupture length (Philippine Daily Inquirer, 2010). The
VFS is about 15km from the project site.

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-15


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Figure 2-7. Active Faults and Liquefaction Susceptibility Map of Region III

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-16


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

The main hazard associated with earthquakes is intense ground shaking, with ground
rupture/fissuring, liquefaction and landslides as collateral hazards. In general, intensity of
ground shaking is magnitude-dependent, gradually decreasing with distance from the
source. Difference in ground conditions, however, may cause deviations from this expected
norm, particularly in areas underlain by recent alluvium or reclaimed areas.

Estimates of recurrence interval for earthquakes of a given range of magnitude (Ms) can
be calculated from the annual rates of earthquake activity values derived by Thenhaus and
others (1994). The estimated horizontal and vertical peak accelerations during an
earthquake likely to occur in an area are useful information for designing buildings and
other structures to withstand seismic shaking.

For zone inclusive of the project area, results are summarized in the table below.

Table 2-2. Estimated recurrence interval for earthquakes of a given magnitude range
within the region (adapted from Thenhaus and others, 1994).
MAGNITUDE ANNUAL RATE INTERVAL
(Ms) (Frequency/year) (years)
5.2 to <5.8 0.32081 3
5.8 to <6.4 0.12024 8
6.4 to <7.0 0.04505 22
7.0 to <7.3 0.01689 59
7.3 to <8.2 0.00633 157

Using the classification scheme of Fukushima and Tanaka (1990), ground condition at the
project site can be classified as approximating that of medium soil. It can be noted that
peak ground acceleration (PGA) for soft soil in the vicinity of the project site is ~0.39 to
0.40g, where g is the value of acceleration due of gravity (i.e. 9.8 m/s2). Projected
magnitude and recurrence intervals have a 10 percent chance of being exceeded in 50
years.

This is based on the thickness of Pleistocene deposit above bedrock is more than 10 m
and as shown in this map the project site is expected to experience above average levels
of ground shaking.

2.1.2.3.3 Ground rupture

Ground surface rupture is the actual displacement and cracking of the ground surface
along a fault trace. Displacement beneath a building that exceeds 1 or 2 inches can have
a catastrophic effect. Surface rupture is confined to a narrow zone along an active fault.
Rupture may happen rapidly during an earthquake and associated greater amount of
displacement increases the longer the fault trace. Also the buffer zone against surface
rupturing as recommended by PHIVOLCS is at least 5 meters on both sides as reckoned
from the location of the fault line. Based on field investigation and analysis of topographic
and geologic maps shows that the site is very far from the known active faults in the region
and no known active fault structure directly passes the land property.

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-17


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

2.1.2.3.4 Liquefaction/differential settlements

Liquefaction is a process where particles of loosely-consolidated and water-saturated


deposits of sand are rearranged into a more compact state. This results in the squeezing
of water and sediments towards the surface in the form of “sand fountain” and creating a
condition resembling “quicksand”. In this phenomenon, the strength of the soil is reduced
to a point where it is unable to support structures (Kramer, 1996).

This usually occurs in areas that are water-saturated, low-lying areas and situated in loose
foundation such as sandy or silty deposits which are common in river banks, abandoned
rivers, flood plains, coastlines and swamps.

There are engineering interventions that could in another way mitigate earthquake related
hazards like liquefaction, which are by improving the strength, density and/or drainage
characteristics of soil. This can be done through various ground improvement techniques.
Table 2-3 summarizes the liquefaction hazard mitigation techniques. (Kuwano, etal.,
2010).

Table 2-3. Examples of liquefaction hazard mitigation techniques


Type of technique Liquefaction hazard mitigation techniques
Densification Sand compaction pile, Vibroflotation, Dynamic
compaction, Compaction grouting
Soil improvement Grouting, Replacement
Lowering degree of saturation Well point
Rapid dissipation of pore water pressure Gravel drain
Deformation control Sheet pile wall, Soil cement column wall

2.1.2.3.5 Mass movements

2.1.2.3.5.1 Subsidence

Metro Manila experiences subsidence but particularly in the western shores of Laguna de
Bay as indicated by several data sets, including sea and lake level monitoring, etc. The
sites of serious subsidence coincide with the areas with falling groundwater level. Also
sites where a high rate of water pumping, and high rate of movement along the fissures
in this area. The hazards of subsidence are many, such as: temporary flooding, permanent
inundation, fissure formation and differential movement of the ground leading to drastic
lowering of the groundwater levels. In addition, sewerage and polluted waters can access
aquifers through fissures, and lead to groundwater pollution (Ramos, E.G. 1998).

From a recent report or statement of Dr. Mahar Lagmay (September 2011), many parts
of Metro Manila are subsiding. Leveling data from the National Mapping and Resource
Information Authority (NAMRIA) reveal areas in Metro Manila that sank 0.68 meter to 1.34
meters in 30 years (from 1979 to 2009). A big part of groundwater subsidence in
Camanava (Caloocan, Malabon, Navotas and Valenzuela) is mainly due to excessive
groundwater pumping by fishpond operators, according to a study by Rodolfo and Siringan
in 2006.

With this phenomenon, the project site is most likely affected, thus proper mitigation in
the engineering construction should be implemented. Figure 2-8 shows a processed radar
images taken from space from 2003 to 2009 showed blue areas of greater Metro Manila

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-18


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

that sank. The ground subsidence “hot spots” in the northern part of the metropolis are
Navotas, Malabon, Caloocan and Manila, and neighboring areas of Guiguinto, Marilao and
Meycauayan in Bulacan. Ground subsidence rates are up to 5.5 to 6 centimeters per year
and are highest in Marilao, Meycauayan and Caloocan. The satellite image of Metro Manila
shows movement of the ground. Blue areas correspond to sinking ground with the highest
rates of subsidence at 5.5 cm per year. The image was processed by Narod Eco of the
DOST project team.

Figure 2-8. Satellite image of Metro Manila shows movement of the ground
Blue areas correspond to land sinking up to 5.5 centimeters a year. Red means the ground is
moving upward or laterally toward the radar satellite. This image was processed by Narod Eco of
the project team of the DOST (contributed image from article of Dr. Lagmay from Philippine Daily
Inquirer, 2011)

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-19


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

The circular-shaped pattern of sinking grounds in Metro Manila indicates overpumping of


groundwater as the primary cause of subsidence. Unless excessive groundwater
withdrawal is curbed in these areas, subsidence will continue. In 20 years, such rates
mean that the ground surface will drop by more than a meter. This will aggravate flooding
from heavy rainfall and constitute a coastal-dike breach hazard in areas near Manila Bay.

2.1.2.3.5.2 Settlement/expansive soil

Presence of expansive soil may pose ground foundation problems as a result of alternate
swelling and contraction attendant with changing moisture content. As such structures
foundered on it may in time deform or fail. In general, the distribution of expansive soils
within the project area tends to be localized. However, it is necessary to review the
geotechnical soil test to identify and map the actual areas potentially underlain by
expansive soils. Once these areas are delineated, one or a combination of the remedial
measures as mentioned in Table 2-3 and including enumerated below may be adopted.

• Treatment of the soil by hydrated lime to reduce plasticity, and subsequently


placed back in thin compacted lifts of not more than 20cm.
• Footings for shallow foundations (if implemented) must be founded deeply
(between 1.2-2.0m) and below the expansive soil layer.

2.1.2.3.6 Flooding and Landslide

Historical Flooding1

The coastal barangays of Obando, Bulakan, City of Malolos, Paombong, and Hagonoy
experience flooding caused by the increasing tides of Manila Bay. There is also 23 days
back-flooding from the provinces of Nueva Ecija and Pampanga through the Pampanga
River System which affects the municipalities of Pulilan, Calumpit, and Hagonoy as the
flood water drain towards Manila Bay.

Based on the Damage Assessment Report (as of November 2011) of the provincial
government on typhoons Pedring and Quiel, the said typhoons affected more than 70
percent (395 barangays) of the total barangays in Bulacan involving 824,262 individuals
equivalent to more than 27 percent of the total projected population of the province.

All municipalities/cities in Bulacan were affected by typhoon Pedring and Quiel except for
the Municipality of Dona Remedios Trinidad. Seven towns namely Balagtas, Bocaue,
Calumpit, Hagonoy, Obando, Paombong, and San Miguel reported that 100 percent of their
barangays were affected.

In terms of the damages to agriculture, more than 35,776.91 hectares of production land
for crops and 9,799.98 for fisheries in all the twenty-four towns in the province were lashed
by typhoons Pedring and Quiel. The total damage to crops, poultry and livestock, and

1 PDPFP of Bulacan, 2010-2030

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-20


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

fishery is estimated at 2.53 billion pesos, wherein about 89 percent is for crops, almost 9
percent for fishery, and 2 percent for poultry and livestock.

2.53 billion pesos, wherein about 89 percent is for crops, almost 9 percent for fishery, and
2 percent for poultry and livestock. As to the extent of damages to infrastructures, about
60-70 kilometers of provincial roads and a total of 5 kilometers of Farm-to-Market Roads
(FMR) were affected and damaged by the flooding caused by the typhoons. Further, the
8qu Dam located in San Miguel was also destroyed which worsened the flooding in the
municipality.

The estimated cost of damage amounted to about Php 40 million for the 9 provincial road
networks; Php 20 million for the FMRs; and more than Php 53 million for the irrigation
facilities.

Flood Susceptibility

Based on the map from Mines and Geosciences Bureau (DENR-MGB) the areas susceptible
to flooding are all of the municipalities and cities in Bulacan in varying susceptibility levels
except for the municipality of Dona Remedios Trinidad which is not susceptible to flooding.

Lower parts of Meycauayan City are susceptible (low susceptibility) to flooding colored in
yellow. Upper parts of the city, where the project is located, is classified as ‘less likely to
be flooded’.

Landslide Susceptibility

Rain-induced map of Meycauayan City shows that Barangay Bahay Pare has low
susceptibility to rain-induced landslide.

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-21


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Project Area

Figure 2-9. Flood Hazard Map of Bulacan

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-22


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Project Area

Figure 2-10. Landslide and Flood Susceptibility Map (Mines and Geosciences Bureau, 2008)

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-23


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Project Area

Figure 2-11. Flood Hazard Map of Meycauayan City, 2016

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-24


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Project Area

Figure 2-12. Rain-induced Landslide Map of Meycauayan City, 2016

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-25


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

2.1.3 PEDOLOGY

Four distinct types of soil classification comprise the soil structure of Meycauayan. These
are the Prenza clay loam, Prenza silty loam, Obando fine sandy loam and the Bulacan
hyrosol. Prenza clay loam has a characteristic of having volcanic materials and highly
suited to rice production. This type of soil generally constitutes the northeastern part of
the municipality, representing 39.95 percent of the municipality’s total area. The Prenza
silty loam is likewise suited to rice and to production of vegetables and this type represents
21.28 percent of the total land area. On the other hand, it can be noted that the Bulacan
hydrosol type shares a great percentage of the soil types, which is 28.27 percent. This
type of soil is generally found at the northwestern portion of the municipality and usually
planted with nipa palm and can produce other aquatic resources. The Obando fine sandy
loam is the least type of soil classified in Meycauayan, covering only 10.50 percent of the
total land area. This type of soil is suitable for rice, sugar cane and vegetables (Table 2-4,
Figure 2-13).

Table 2-4. Meycauayan Soil Type

AREAS
SOIL TYPES BRIEF DESCRIPTION PERCENT
(has.)
Prenza Clay Loam Alluvial deposits of fine
loam over clay soil, deep, 1,282.40 39.95
moderately well drained
Bulacan Hydrosol Containing water 907.46 28.27
Prenza Silty Loam Weakly stratified alluvium,
subject to severe seasonal 683.09 21.28
river flooding
Obando Fine Sandy Loam Moderately fine loam, well
337.05 10.50
drained
TOTAL 3,210.00 100.00
Source: Meycauayan CLUP (1990

The barangays covered by the soil classification are as follows:

Prenza Clay Loam - Pantok, Camalig, Pajo, part of Iba, Perez, Bahay-
Pare, part of Libtong, and Bagbaguin
Prenza Silty Loam - Pandayan, Malhacan, part of Iba, part of Libtong,
Langka, Lawa, Caingin, Tugatog, and part of Bancal
Obando Fine Sandy Loam - Saluysoy, Longos, Zamora, Poblacion, Gasak,
Calvario, Bayugo, Hulo, Banga, part of Bancal
Bulacan Hydrosol - Ubihan, Liputan

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-26


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Figure 2-13. Soil Map of Meycuayan

2.1.4 TERRESTRIAL ECOLOGY

The project is located within an industrial area. The expansion area will utilize the existing
parking lot/driveway near the administrative building. Except for grass and ornamental
shrubs, no other terrestrial flora and fauna will be affected. As observed in Figure 2-14,
on the whole, biodiversity is a non-issue in this case. There are no rare or threatened
species of flora and fauna that will be affected by the project.

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-27


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Figure 2-14. Photo of the expansion area

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-28


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

2.2 WATER

2.2.1 HYDROLOGY/HYDROGEOLOGY

The project area is within the Meycauayan River watershed that drain in a south-westerly
direction towards the Obando River before finally emptying to the Manila Bay. Northeast
of the project is the Marilao River which also flows in a south-westerly direction, merging
with the Meycauayan River towards Obando River. Using ArcGIS 10.1 and National
Mapping and Resource Information Authority (NAMRIA) topographic maps, the drainage
areas of the Bulacan major river systems were delineated (Figure 2-17). It was also
noted that the project area is very near the watershed divide of the Marilao and
Meycauayan Rivers.

Groundwater Potential

Based on the groundwater availability map shown below, the project area is underlain by
local and less productive aquifers. This type of aquifer has very low to moderately high
permeability with well yields mostly < 6 L/s.

Figure 2-15. Hydrogeologic / Groundwater Availability Map

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-29


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Figure 2-16. River Network in Bulacan

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-30


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Figure 2-17. Watershed/Drainage Map

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-31


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

2.2.2 OCEANOGRAPHY

Study on Oceanography is not applicable since there is no subsea structure involved in the
project.

2.2.3 WATER QUALITY

SAMC has one (1) effluent monitoring station located at the plant main discharge canal.
Based on the historical data from March 2012 to June 2016, as reported in their SMR, all
are within the DENR standards. Figure 2-18 to Figure 2-22 presents the trend results
of parameters monitored (COD, BOD, pH, TSS, oil and grease)

The water quality of Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation and are all within the DENR
standards.

Figure 2-18. Monitoring results for COD (Mar 2012 – Jun 2016)

Figure 2-19. Monitoring results for BOD (Mar 2012 – Jun 2016)

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-32


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Figure 2-20. Monitoring results for pH (Mar 2012 – Jun 2016)

Figure 2-21. Monitoring results for TSS (Mar 2012 – Jun 2016)

Figure 2-22. Monitoring results for Oil and Grease (Mar 2012 – Jun 2016)

Water testing with the additional parameters like DO, Trace metals, coliform, etc. only
started March 2017 as required by the MMT in which sample is now being taken from the
last tank of the recirculating water system. Since there’s no water discharge from the
process, this testing may eventually be ceased and was just being done for evaluation
purpose of the MMT. Water from canals are rainwater from the plant compound and also

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-33


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

from Bahay Pare community. There are openings in the plant drainage system
accommodating rainwater from the barangay.

Water Sampling points are shown below:

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-34


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Figure 2-23. Water Quality Sampling Map

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-35


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Water quality sampling was also conducted at the nearest water body (Bagbaguin Creek)
and deep well inside the plant. This will be used as baseline for water quality. Result are
summarized below.

Table 2-5. Baseline Groundwater and Surface Water Quality in the Project Site

Bagbaguin
Parameter Test Method Unit Deepwell
Creek
pH Electrometric Method - 8.6 9.9
Temperature Laboratory & Field Method °C 31.9 28.5
Color Visual Comparison TCU 20 150
BOD Azide Modification Winkler mg/L 10 333
COD Open Renwc Mllhod Mg/L 23 849
(SM52208)
DO Winkler/Titrimetric mg/L 6.2 <2.0
TSS Gravimetry mg/L 4.0 652
Oil & Grease Gravimetry mg/L 1.7 3.6
Barium Hydride Generation mg/L <0.08 <0.08
Cadmium Flame AAS mg/L <0.003 <0.003
Lead Flame AAS mg/L <0.005 <0.05
Iron Flame AAS mg/L 0.4 8.7
Manganese Flame AAS mg/L 0.08 0.9
Nickel Flame AAS mg/L <0.01 <0.03
Mercury Manual Cold Vapor AAS mg/L <0.0002 <0.0002
Zinc Flame AAS mg/L <0.007 1.6
Cr6+ DiphenylCarbazide mg/L <0.003 <0.006
Fecal Multiple Tube Fermentation MPN/100ml 1.1 540,000
Coliform
Ammonia Phenate Method mg/L 0.4 17
Nitrate Cadmium Reduction Method mg/L <0.006 0.5
Chloride Argentometric Method mg/L 448 274
Sulfate Turbidimetric Method mg/L <5.0 70
Cyanide Distillation - ISE mg/L <0.02 <0.02
Fluoride SPADNS Method mg/L <0.02 0.7
Phosphate Stannous Chloride Method mg/L 0.07 6.2
BTEX
Benzene EPA 8260B µg/L ND ND
Ethyl EPA 8260B µg/L ND ND
Benzene
m/p-Xylene EPA 8260B µg/L ND ND
o-Xylene EPA 8260B µg/L ND ND
Toluene EPA 8260B µg/L ND 86

The project requires water for cooling purposes only. In order to avoid depletion of
groundwater, the plant will utilize a Process Water Treatment facility. It will be a
circulating water system with filtering and cooling processes. After treatment, fresh and
clean water will again be used in the rolling mill equipment and in-line treatment system.
A rain catchment pond will be constructed for water management purposes. Since water

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-36


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

is being recycled and there is no discharge, this will be an assurance that water quality in
the area will not be depleted and will not deteriorate.

2.2.4 FRESHWATER ECOLOGY

Drainage form the project is directly discharged to the main canal of Ciudad Industria
complex prior to Bagbaguin creek. Freshwater study is not applicable for this project.

2.2.5 MARINE ECOLOGY

Marine Ecology study is not applicable since the project does not involve activities,
discharges and structure in marine waters.

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-37


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

2.3 AIR

2.3.1 METEOROLOGY/CLIMATOLOGY

2.3.1.1 CLIMATE

The climate at Meycauayan generally falls under Type I based on the Coronas Classification
of Philippine Climate which means two pronounced seasons: dry from November to April
and wet during the rest of the year. Figure 2-24 shows the Climate Map of the Philippines.
Tables in Table 2-6 and Table 2-7 show the climatological normal and extremes at
PAGASA Science Garden Synoptic Station (The nearest synoptic station from the project
site). This station is 20 km South Southeast (SSE) of the proposed expansion project site.

The eastern portions of the region are directly exposed to the open sea. The presence of
this open sea consequently promotes additional amount of sea moisture over Meycauayan.
The southwest wind (during the southwest monsoon season) from the South China Sea
moves northeastward to the western coasts of the province. The wind arrives at
Meycauayan as southwesterly winds. When the southwest monsoon season intensifies, the
southwesterly wind is more prevalent. During the transition of the NE monsoon, the NE
wind is the most prevalent wind at Meycauayan.

Figure 2-24. Climate map of the Philippines

2.3.1.2 RAINFALL

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-38


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Projected Rainfall in 2020 and 2050 and Extreme Rainfall Events

Based on a 30-year climatological normal record, (1981-2010) at Science Garden Science


Garden, the total annual rainfall is 2574.4 mm. At Science Garden, the amount of rainfall
is relatively lower during the months of January and February with an average of 16.6
mm. Based on the same reference, the annual average number of rainy days per year is
153 days or about 42% of the year. Figure 2-25 shows the monthly average rainfall data.

PAGASA Science Garden Rain Fall (mm) (1981-2010)


600.0

500.0 493.3 504.2


451.2
400.0

300.0 316.5
296.6

200.0 186.7
148.8
100.0
78.7
24.8 40.4
0.0 18.5 14.6
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Figure 2-25. Monthly Average Rainfall (1981-2010)

2.3.1.3 CLIMATOLOGICAL NORMALS AND EXTREMES

The following tables present the climatological normals and extremes from PAGASA
Science Garden Synoptic Station.

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-39


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Table 2-6. Climatological Normals (1981-2010, PAGASA Science Garden)

Rainfall Temperature Wind No. Days w/


Month Amount No. Max Min Mean Dry Wet Dew Vapor Rel. MSLP DIR SPD Cloud TSTM LTNG
of Bulb Bulb Pt. Pressure Hum. Amount
(mm) RD (oC) (oC) (oC) (oC) (oC) (oC) (mbs) % (MBS) (16 pt) (mps) (okta)
JAN 18.5 4 30.6 20.8 25.7 25.3 22.2 20.9 24.6 76 1012.3 N 1 5 1 0
FEB 14.6 3 31.7 20.9 26.3 26.0 22.3 20.8 24.4 73 1012.0 NE 1 5 0 0
MAR 24.8 4 33.4 22.1 27.8 27.6 23.2 21.5 25.4 69 1011.3 SE 1 4 2 1
APR 40.4 5 35.0 23.7 29.4 29.2 24.4 22.7 27.2 67 1009.7 SE 1 4 4 2
MAY 186.7 12 34.7 24.7 29.7 29.3 25.3 23.9 29.5 72 1008.5 S 1 5 12 8
JUN 316.5 18 33.1 24.6 28.8 28.4 25.5 24.5 30.6 79 1008.1 SW 1 6 17 9
JUL 493.3 22 31.9 24.1 28.0 27.5 25.2 24.4 30.5 83 1007.7 SW 2 6 19 9
AUG 504.2 23 31.3 24.2 27.8 27.3 25.2 24.5 30.6 84 1007.4 SW 2 7 17 6
SEP 451.2 22 31.6 24.0 27.8 27.2 25.1 24.4 30.4 84 1010.6 SW 1 6 18 9
OCT 296.6 18 31.6 23.5 27.6 27.0 24.7 23.9 29.5 83 1008.8 N 1 6 11 6
NOV 148.8 14 31.4 22.7 27.1 26.5 24.1 23.2 28.4 82 1010.1 N 1 5 5 1
DEC 78.7 8 30.5 21.6 26.0 25.5 22.8 21.7 25.9 79 1011.5 N 1 5 1 0
ANNUAL 2574.4 153 32.2 23.1 27.7 27.2 24.2 23.0 28.1 78 1009.8 N 1 5 107 51

Table 2-7. Climatological Extremes (1961-2011, PAGASA Science Garden)


GREATEST DAILY HIGHEST
TEMPERATURE (oC) SEA LEVEL PRESSURES (MBS)
MONTH RAINFALL (MM) WIND (MPS)
HIGH DATE LOW DATE AMOUNT DATE SPD DIR DATE HIGH DATE LOW DATE
JAN 34.7 01-17-1998 15.5 01-27-1987 55.8 01-16-1988 24 ESE 01-17-1972 1021.4 01-21-2005 998.8 01-22-1989
FEB 35.6 02-24-1967 15.1 02-04-1987 35.8 02-20-2001 22 SSE 02-02-1992 1020.1 02-08-1973 1002.3 02-09-1985
MAR 36.8 03-26-1983 14.9 03-01-1963 44.8 03-15-1989 26 S 03-16-1992 1021.0 03-05-2005 997.8 03-28-1988
APR 38.0 04-25-1998 17.2 04-05-1963 47.2 04-23-1985 26 SSE 04-07-1992 1016.9 04-05-1998 1001.4 04-16-2007
MAY 38.5 05-14-1987 17.8 05-03-1962 166.0 05-20-1966 40 N 05-10-1992 1015.1 05-28-1986 992.4 05-17-1989
JUNE 38.0 06-02-1993 18.1 06-27-1961 334.5 06-07-1967 37 SW 06-25-1972 1014.9 06-07-1997 978.7 06-26-1993
JULY 36.2 07-20-1998 17.7 07-23-1961 246.4 07-07-2002 36 NNW 07-09-1977 1015.0 07-01-1979 989.2 07-15-1978
AUG 35.8 08-10-1962 17.8 08-23-1964 223.0 08-15-1979 32 N 08-22-2000 1015.3 08-23-2002 994.2 08-24-1978
SEP 35.4 09-04-1988 20.0 09-08-1964 455.0 09-26-2009 35 NE 09-28-2006 1016.0 09-28-1997 987.4 09-30-1995

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-40


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

GREATEST DAILY HIGHEST


TEMPERATURE (oC) SEA LEVEL PRESSURES (MBS)
MONTH RAINFALL (MM) WIND (MPS)
HIGH DATE LOW DATE AMOUNT DATE SPD DIR DATE HIGH DATE LOW DATE
OCT 35.4 10-09-2003 18.6 10-31-1967 209.3 10-18-1975 30 SE 10-11-1989 1016.0 10-25-1986 978.7 10-23-1988
NOV 35.0 11-01-2001 15.6 11-12-1962 169.9 11-20-1966 50 NNW 11-03-1995 1019.1 11-18-1979 883.1 11-02-1995
DEC 34.7 12-15-1997 15.1 12-13-1988 87.2 12-22-1994 22 SE 12-22-1997 1020.0 12-27-2001 998.1 12-02-2004
ANNUAL 38.5 05-14-1987 14.9 03-01-1963 455.0 09-26-2009 50 NNW 11-03-1995 1021.4 01-21-2005 883.1 11-02-1995

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-41


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

2.3.1.4 AMBIENT AIR TEMPERATURE

Temperature

Seasonal changes of atmospheric humidity and cloudiness greatly affect temperature changes
in the region. The average monthly maximum temperature at Science Garden ranges from a
high of 35°C in the month of April to a low of 30.5°C during the month of December. The
highest and lowest mean monthly temperature is 29.7°C and 25.7°C which occurs during the
months of May and January, respectively. Being near to the in a coastal region, the annual
variation in the mean monthly is insignificant. The mean annual temperature near the project
site is 27.7°C with January being the coldest month and April and May being the warmest.
The highest temperature ever recorded at Science Garden station is 38.5°C on May 14, 1987
while the coldest is 14.9°C on March 1, 1963.

Science Garden Temperature ( 1981-2010)


40.0
35.0
30.0
25.0
20.0
15.0
10.0
5.0
0.0
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Max (oC) Min (oC) Mean (oC)

Figure 2-26. Average Monthly Maximum Temperature (1981-2010, PAGASA Science Garden)

Relative Humidity

Atmospheric moisture content in the tropics is relatively higher than that in the upper latitude
towards the continental areas. The Philippines is situated in the tropics, thus, the relative
percentage of atmospheric humidity is higher. Relative humidity is expressed in percentage
of water vapor present in air which is determined with psychrometric charts with the dry and
wet bulb temperatures as input (Perry, 1973). Data on relative humidity as recorded at
Science Garden shows the annual average of 78%. The relative humidity for the rest of the
year varies slightly from the mean.

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-42


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

SCIENCE GARDEN (Relative Hum. %) (1981-2010)


90
83 84 84 83 82
80 79 79 78
76
73 72
70 69 67
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

Figure 2-27. Relative Humidity (1981-2010, PAGASA Science Garden)


Cloud

The mean annual cloud amount at Science Garden is 5octas. Cloudy months are from January
to December (12 months period).

SCIENCE GARDEN Cloud Amount (okta) (1981-2010)

8
7 7
6 6 6 6 6
5 5 5 5 5 5
4 4 4
3
2
1
0
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Figure 2-28. Cloud Amount (1981-2010, PAGASA Science Garden)

2.3.1.5 WIND SPEED AND DIRECTION

Wind vectors and stability conditions are the most important inputs to the assessment of
material or pollutant dispersion in the atmosphere by modelling calculations. Figure 2-29
show the wind vectors summary at Science Garden Synoptic Station for 2016. Table 2-8

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-43


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

present the summaries/percentage frequency values of the wind vectors for historical
Climatological Normal (1981-2010). Generally, there are three major air streams that
influence the wind pattern of the region. These are the NE wind, SW wind and the easterlies
(North Pacific Trades). However, for Science Garden station, the wind regimes are influenced
by several factors such as building downwash and mountain ranges among others. At Science
Garden station (based on climatological normal), the N wind prevails in the months of October
until December. The NE wind prevails in the months of February. The SE wind prevails in the
months of March until April. The SW wind prevails in the months of June until September. The
mean annual wind speed in the region is 1 mps. In the Dispersion modeling, the recent 2016
Science Garden Data was used using AERMET ver 9.4 to process Surface and Profile met data
require by AERMOD. Prevailing wind direction from the ENE and SSE recorded. Other direction
from the SSW,S,E etc. were noted. Wind speed on the other hand, recorded at 39.2 % Calms
and 31.9% ranges from 0.5 – 2.1 m/s).

Figure 2-29. Wind Rose Direction and Speed, % (2016, Science Garden)

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-44


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Figure 2-30. Wind Class Frequency Distribution Counts, % (2016, Science Garden)

Table 2-8. Monthly Wind Direction and Speed, % (2016, Science Garden)
Bar
Temp RH Cloud Global Horizontal
Month Direction Speed Pressure RainFall (mm)
(degC) (%) Cover Radiation (watt/m2)
(mb)
January 1.4 223.8 1,009.6 27.2 68.5 0.2 5.6 115.2
February 1.40 235.25 1009.86 26.68 67.85 0.62 5.57 150.64
March 1.34 230.46 1008.31 28.03 64.28 0.11 6.09 46.64
April 1.36 290.75 1777.80 53.41 104.42 1.28 7.24 134.86
May 1.29 242.47 1391.41 41.47 85.08 3.10 6.30 156.15
June 1.13 207.67 1004.90 28.72 75.87 5.84 5.03 149.64
July 1.13 233.87 1035.77 28.85 78.55 9.55 4.83 156.15
August 1.39 228.06 1001.64 28.20 83.06 25.17 4.61 149.64
September 1.23 239.00 973.33 28.41 80.37 16.51 5.42 137.31
October 1.19 203.20 1003.62 28.40 77.90 9.85 5.35 113.93
November 1.13 129.67 1005.65 27.83 75.50 3.34 5.54 120.40
December 1.29 213.87 1005.76 27.56 74.87 4.05 4.89 107.52

2.3.1.6 OTHER METEOROLOGICAL PARAMETERS

Mean Sea Level Pressure

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-45


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Mean sea level pressure is also an important input to the assessment of the climate in the
area of Meycauyan, Bulacan and the proposed plant site. The passage of the tropical cyclones
causes the sea level pressure to drop owing to its cyclonic and divergence of wind. A low
pressure area generally indicates the presence of a cyclonic weather disturbance in the
northern hemisphere while a high pressure value indicates a divergence of wind or a fair
weather condition. Table 2-9 presents the monthly average values of the mean sea level
pressure at Meycauyan.

Table 2-9. Monthly Mean Sea Level Pressure (1961-2010, Science Garden)
YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEP OCT NOV DEC MEAN
1961 1015 1012 1014 1011 1009 1009 1009 1008 1009 1010 1013 1012 1011
1962 1013 1015 1012 1012 1010 1010 1007 1009 1010 1010 1011 1014 1011
1963 1014 1015 1014 1012 1010 1009 1010 1009 1009 1012 1013 1013 1012
1964 1014 1015 1014 1011 1009 1009 1010 1008 1008 1009 1009 1012 1011
1965 1013 1013 1013 1012 1010 1010 1009 1010 1010 1012 1012 1013 1011
1966 1015 1013 1011 1010 1009 1010 1008 1008 1008 1011 1009 1010 1010
1967 1013 1013 1012 1011 1009 1008 1007 1007 1009 1009 1011 1013 1010
1968 1012 1014 1012 1012 1009 1010 1008 1007 1008 1011 1013 1013 1011
1969 1013 1013 1013 1012 1009 1009 1008 1009 1007 1010 1011 1012 1010
1970 1013 1013 1011 1011 1009 1009 1009 1007 1008 1008 1010
1971 1009 1008 1009 1007 1009 1008 1008 1011 1011 1009
1972 1012 1011 1012 1012 1009 1008 1005 1009 1009 1012 1012 1013 1010
1973 1013 1014 1013 1011 1010 1008 1008 1008 1010 1008 1009 1011 1010
1974 1011 1011 1012 1010 1009 1007 1008 1006 1009 1006 1008 1011 1009
1975 1013 1013 1011 1010 1009 1008 1009 1007 1009 1008 1011 1011 1010
1976 1012 1012 1011 1011 1012
1977 1011 1013 1014 1011 1009 1009 1007 1008 1007 1011 1011 1010
1978 1013 1015 1011 1011 1008 1008 1007 1006 1007 1007 1011 1013 1010
1979 1014 1012 1012 1010 1009 1009 1008 1008 1009 1009 1010 1013 1010
1980 1013 1013 1012 1011 1009 1009 1008 1008 1010 1010 1009 1010 1010
1981 1011 1008 1012 1011 1008 1007 1007 1006 1008 1009 1010 1013 1009
1982 1013 1012 1011 1011 1009 1008 1007 1007 1009 1010 1011 1012 1010
1983 1014 1014 1013 1010 1009 1009 1008 1008 1008 1009 1010 1012 1010
1984 1011 1011 1011 1009 1008 1007 1007 1005 1009 1008 1010 1010 1009
1985 1012 1008 1011 1007 1008 1006 1007 1006 1008 1008 1011 1011 1009
1986 1012 1012 1011 1010 1008 1007 1008 1005 1008 1010 1009 1013 1009
1987 1014 1015 1013 1011 1010 1008 1008 1009 1008 1009 1008 1011 1010
1988 1011 1011 1009 1009 1007 1007 1007 1008 1006 1005 1009 1011 1008
1989 1010 1010 1009 1008 1007 1007 1006 1006 1007 1008 1010 1012 1008
1990 1011 1013 1012 1009 1007 1006 1006 1005 1007 1009 1009 1012 1009
1991 1012 1012 1011 1009 1008 1008 1007 1006 1007 1007 1010 1012 1009
1992 1014 1012 1012 1009 1008 1006 1008 1006 1007 1007 1011 1012 1009
1993 1011 1011 1010 1008 1007 1006 1005 1005 1007 1008 1007 1007 1008
1994 1011 1011 1012 1009 1006 1009 1007 1007 1009 1010 1013 1013 1010
1995 1014 1013 1012 1011 1011 1009 1010 1009 1009 1009 1010 1012 1011
1996 1012 1013 1011 1009 1009 1010 1006 1008 1007 1009 1009 1012 1010

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-46


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEP OCT NOV DEC MEAN
1997 1012 1012 1013 1012 1010 1009 1009 1010 1012 1012 1013 1013 1011
1998 1014 1014 1014 1013 1010 1011 1010 1011 1009 1008 1010 1012 1011
1999 1011 1014 1009 1010 1010 1009 1008 1009 1009 1010 1011 1011 1010
2000 1013 1011 1010 1009 1009 1010 1007 1008 1009 1008 1010 1011 1009
2001 1012 1010 1011 1010 1008 1008 1007 1007 1009 1010 1010 1013 1009
2002 1014 1015 1012 1008 1011 1010 1009 1010 1009 1007 1010 1011 1010
2003 1013 1011 1011 1007 1007 1009 1009 1009 1009 1010 1011 1014 1010
2004 1014 1013 1011 1011 1009 1008 1009 1007 1011 1011 1011 1012 1011
2005 1014 1014 1014 1012 1009 1009 1009 1009 1009 1010 1011 1011 1011
2006 1012 1013 1010 1011 1010 1009 1008 1010 1009 1010 1011 1011 1010
2007 1013 1013 1012 1011 1009 1008 1008 1008 1297 1009 1008 1011 1034
2008 1012 1012 1011 1009 1007 1009 1008 1009 1008 1010 1010 1011 1010
2009 1012 1011 1011 1009 1008 1008 1007 1007 1007 1008 1010 1012 1009
2010 1013 1013 1012 1011 1008 1009 1009 1008 1009 1007 1010 1009 1010
MEAN 1013 1012 1012 1010 1009 1008 1008 1008 1014 1009 1010 1012 1010

2.3.1.7 POTENTIAL IMPACTS AND OPTIONS FOR PREVENTION, MITIGATION AND ENHANCEMENT

Contribution in terms of greenhouse gas emissions

Carbon dioxide (CO2), methane (CH4), and nitrous oxide (N2O) emissions are all produced
during fuel oil combustion. Nearly all of the fuel carbon (99 percent) is converted to CO2
during the combustion process. This conversion is relatively independent of firing
configuration. Although the formation of CO acts to reduce CO2 emissions, the amount of CO
produced is insignificant compared to the amount of CO 2 produced. CO2 emissions for fuel oil
vary with carbon content, and carbon content varies between the classes of oil grades.

The estimated computed annual GHG contribution due to fuel combustion is as follows:

Table 2-10. Annual GHG Contribution

Annual GHGs (tonnes CO2e)


Source 2016 Data Expansion
Current Expansion
Mill 1 Furnace combustion
14,284,548 17,400,000 42,119 51,305
of fuel oil (liters/yr)
Mill 2 Furnace combustion
3,900,000 11,499
of fuel oil (liters/yr)
Total GHGs (tonnes CO2e) 42,119 62,805
Reference Calculation Tool:
Word Resources Institute (2015) GHG Protocol Tool for Stationary Combustion Ver. 4.1

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-47


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

2.3.2 AIR QUALITY MODELING

This air modeling report presents the objectives, technical approach, methodology conducted
for the combined operation of the 80mt/hr Rolling Mill Furnace No. 1 and 20 MT/hr Rolling
Mill Furnace No. 2 along with the fugitive dust emission from inside the building of SteelAsia
Manufacturing Corporation (SAMC) located Ciudad Industria Bahay Pare, Meycauayan
Bulacan. Two (2) scenarios was considered in this report; (1) Scenario 1: Furnace Stacks for
Mills 1 and Mill 2; (2) Scenario 2: Scenario 1 + Building Volume Source Fugitive Dust Emission.
Input data in model run will use 2 Units 70 MT/hr Low Sulfur Fuel Oil (LSFO)-fired Furnace
(Total of 140 Mt/hr) taken from the High Street Still Mill in Calaca, Batnagas to represent both
Meycauayan Mills, 80 MT/hr Rolling Mill No. 1 and 20 MT/hr Rolling Mill No. 2 (Total of 100
MT/hr) to depict worst case. This modeling report is part of the of Environmental Performance
Report and Management Plan (EPRMP) for the application of Environmental Compliance
Certificate (ECC) of the expansion project. The parameters subject for modeling are
Particulate Matter(PM), Carbon Monoxide (CO), Sulfur Dioxide (SO2), Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2),
Lead (Pb) and Zinc (Zn) from the operation of above sources. The following are objectives of
the study:

• To determine impacts of the project in terms of particulate and gaseous emission


from the point and volume sources of the plant by generated 1-hr and 24-hr
dispersion of the following criteria pollutants such as the ff: Particulate Matter(PM),
Carbon Monoxide (CO), Sulfur Dioxide (SO2), Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2), Lead (Pb)
and Zinc (Zn); and
• To determine primary impact area including locations of Area Sensitive Receptors
(ARSs) based on maximum ground level concentration (GLC) at selected area
receptors; and
• To determine whether the expansion has reached carrying capacity in terms of
ambient air quality levels based on the plant’s emission sources; and
• To recommend location of air quality monitoring stations.

2.3.2.1 FACILITY BACKGROUND

The proposed expansion Project consists of:

A. Increase in production capacity of Rolling Mill 1 from 50mt/hr to 80mt/hr Rolling Mill
1, with ECC no. 9504-004-102C will have the following developments:

1. New Pusher Type furnace will replace the current walking hearth furnace
2. New smoke stack with height of 50 meters
3. Additional 2 roughing mill stands

B. Operation of Rolling Mill 2

Rolling Mill 2, formerly owned by Peninsula Steel Manufacturing was issued with ECC
No. 8902-003-107A. It was not operational since its acquisition by SteelAsia. To keep

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-48


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

up with market demand, SteelAsia plans. This project will involve increase in rebar
production capacity for Rolling Mill 1 from 50 mt/hr allowed in its existing ECC to 80
Mt/hr and 100,000 MT/year (approximately 20 MT/Hr for Rolling Mill 2).

Figure 2-31. Plant Bearing/Layout of SteelAsia Manufacturing Corporation (SAMC)

2.3.2.2 APPLICABLE STANDARDS

The relevant guideline values with respect to discharge of pollutants from the source specific
air pollutants and their respective averaging times are presented in Table 2-11 and Table
2-12, respectively.

Table 2-11. National Ambient Air Quality Guideline for Criteria Pollutants
Short Term Long Term
Pollutants Averaging Averaging
ug/Ncm ppm ug/Ncm ppm
Time Time
Suspended
Particulate Matter
TSP 230 24-hour 90 1-year
PM10 150 24-hour 60 1-year
Sulfur Dioxide
180 0.07 24-hour 80 0.03 1-year

Nitrogen Dioxide 150 24-hour


Photochemical 140 0.07 1-hour
Oxidants as Ozone 60 0.03 8-hour
30 1-hour
35
Carbon Monoxide
mg/Ncm
9 8-hour

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-49


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Short Term Long Term


Pollutants Averaging Averaging
ug/Ncm ppm ug/Ncm ppm
Time Time
10
mg/Ncm
Lead 1.5 3-months 1.0 1-year
Source: Section 12 of RA 8749, Philippine Clean Air Act

Table 2-12. National Ambient Air Quality Standards for Source Specific Air Pollutants from
Industrial Sources/Operations
Concentration Averaging
Methods of Analysis/
Pollutants Time
ug/Ncm ppm Measurements
(min)
Ammonia 200 0.28 30 Nesslerization/ Indo Phenol
Carbon Disulfide 30 0.01 30 Tischer Method
Chlorine and Chlorine
Compounds expressed 100 0.03 5 Methyl Orange
as Cl2
Chromotropic Acid Method
Formaldehyde 50 0.04 30 or MBTH Colorimetric
Method
Volhard Titration with
Hydrogen Chloride 200 0.13 30
Iodine Solution
Hydrogen Sulfide 100 0.07 30 Methylene Blue
Lead 20 30 AAS
375 0.20 30 Greiss-Saltzman
Nitrogen Dioxide
260 0.14 60
Phenol 100 0.03 30 4-Aminoantiphyrine
470 0.18 30 Colorimetric –
Sulfur Dioxide
340 0.13 60 Pararosaniline
Suspended Particulate
Matter
TSP 300 60 Gravimetric
PM10 200 60

2.3.2.3 PROCESS FLOW AND AIR EMISSIONS

Fuel Combustion in the Furnace

Billets shall undergo size reduction prior to reheating and rolling. Then the steel bars shall be
rapidly cooled then cut into the desired length, sorted, bundled and stockpiled prior to
delivery. Figure 2-32 and Figure 2-33 shows the typical rolling Mill Steel Manufacturing
Process.

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-50


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

FURNACE

BILLETS

ROLLING

FINISHED
REBARS

COOLING CUTTING
WATER
TREATMENT
AREA

BUNDLING

Figure 2-32. Process Diagram Rolling Mill Steel Manufacturing

Figure 2-33. Rolling Mill in Steel Manufacturing

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-51


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Existing and Proposed Rolling Mill Plants and Related Pollution Control Devices

The proposed expansion Project consists of:

A. Increase in production capacity of Rolling Mill 1 from 50mt/hr to 80mt/hr Rolling


Mill 1, with ECC no. 9504-004-102C will have the following developments:

1. New Pusher Type LSFO Fired furnace will replace the current walking hearth
furnace
2. New smoke stack with height of 50 meters
3. Additional 2 roughing mill stands

B. Operation of Rolling Mill 2

Rolling Mill 2, formerly owned by Peninsula Steel Manufacturing was issued with
ECC No. 8902-003-107A. It was not operational since its acquisition by SteelAsia.
To keep up with market demand, SteelAsia plans. This project will involve increase
in rebar production capacity for Rolling Mill 1 from 50 mt/hr allowed in its existing
ECC to 80 Mt/hr and 100,000 MT/year (approx. 20 MT/Hr for Rolling Mill 2).

2.3.2.4 STACK EMISSIONS

Particulate Matter Emissions (PM) in the manufacturing Process

PM composition and emission levels are a complex function of furnace firing configuration,
operation, pollution control equipment, and fuel properties. The PM emitted by Low Sulfur
Fuel oil (LSFO) furnace primarily comprises carbonaceous particles resulting from incomplete
combustion. PM emissions from bunker C burning are related to the oil sulfur content.

Carbon Monoxide Emissions (CO) in the manufacturing Process

The rate of CO emissions from combustion sources depends on the fuel oxidation efficiency
of the source. By controlling the combustion process carefully, CO emissions can be
minimized. Thus, if a unit is operated improperly or is not well-maintained, the resulting
concentrations of CO (as well as organic compounds) may increase by several orders of
magnitude. Smaller Furnace, heaters, and furnaces typically emit more CO and organics than
larger combustors. This is because smaller units usually have less high-temperature residence
time and, therefore, less time to achieve complete combustion than larger combustors.

Nitrogen Oxides Emissions (NOx) in the manufacturing Process

Nitrogen Oxides NOx emissions from bunker C combustion are primarily nitric oxide (NO),
with only a few volume percent as nitrogen dioxide (NO2). Nitrous oxide (N2O) is also emitted
at a few parts per million. NOx formation results from thermal fixation of atmospheric nitrogen
in the combustion flame and from oxidation of nitrogen bound in the coal. Experimental
measurements of thermal NOx formation have shown that the NOx concentration is
exponentially dependent on temperature and is proportional to nitrogen concentration in the
flame, the square root of oxygen concentration in the flame, and the gas residence time. NOx
emissions are lower as lower temperatures are applied in low temperature NOx burners
applied in Furnace.

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-52


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Sulfur Oxides Emissions (sox) in the manufacturing Process

Sulfur oxides (SOx) emissions are generated during combustion from the oxidation of sulfur
contained in the fuel. The emissions of SOx from conventional combustion systems are
predominantly in the form of SO2. Uncontrolled SOx emissions are almost entirely dependent
on the sulfur content of the fuel. On average, more than 95 percent of the fuel sulfur is
converted to SO2, about 1 to 5 percent is further oxidized to sulfur trioxide (SO3), and 1 to
3 percent is emitted as sulfate particulate.

Emission Load

Input data in Figure below shows the operation of 2 Units 70 MT/hr Low Sulfur Fuel Oil (LSFO)-
fired (Total of 140 Mt/hr) taken from the High Street Still Mill in Calaca, Batnagas to represent
both Meycauayan Mills, 80 MT/hr Rolling Mill No. 1 and 20 MT/hr Rolling Mill No. 2 (Total of
100 MT/hr) to depict worst case scenario in the model run. Two (2) scenarios was considered
in this report; (1) Scenario 1: Furnace Stacks for Mills 1 and Mill 2; (2) Scenario 2: Scenario
1 + Building Volume Source Fugitive Dust Emission. Modeling Parameters in Particulate
Matter(PM), Carbon Monoxide (CO), Sulfur Dioxide (SO 2), Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2), Lead (Pb)
and Zinc (Zn). The source parameters of the stacks, such as stack height, stack inside
diameter; flue gas exit velocity and temperature are summarized in the Table below.

Table 2-13. Point Source Input (Scenario 1)


Stack Stack Stack
Stack Area Stack Ht. VEL
Temp Temp. VFR (Ncm/Min) Diam
(m2) (m) (m/s)
deg C (K) (m)
Mill 1 80 MT/Hr (USED
428 701 841.77 1.74 2.38 45.50 5.90
70 MT/Hr)
Mill 2 20 MT/Hr (USED
428 701 900.82 1.8 2.54 50.00 5.90
70 MT/Hr)
Concentration (mg/Ncm)
PM CO NOx SOx Pb Zn
Mill 1 80 MT/Hr (USED
25 8.00 251.00 38.00 0.097 0.001
70 MT/Hr)
Mill 2 20 MT/Hr (USED
25 8.00 251.00 38.00 0.097 0.001
70 MT/Hr)
Emission Rate/Strength (g/s)
PM CO NOx SOx Pb Zn
Mill 1 80 MT/Hr (USED
0.35 0.11 3.52 0.53 1.36E-03 1.40E-05
70 MT/Hr)
Mill 2 20 MT/Hr (USED
0.38 0.12 3.77 0.57 1.46E-03 1.50E-05
70 MT/Hr)
Note: Data source are from the actual measured parameters

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-53


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Figure 2-34. Stack Test of 70 MT/day Furnace Calaca Plant (SO2, NO2, CO)

Figure 2-35. Stack Test of 70 MT/day Furnace Calaca Plant PM, Pb. Zn)

2.3.2.5 SITE DESCRIPTION

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-54


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

The project is located within the 18 hectares property of SAMC in Ciudad Industria Bahay
Pare, Meycauayan, Bulacan. The project boundary has coordinates of approximately 14° 46’
0.19” N latitude and 121° 5’ 18” E longitude. The site can be reached from Manila through
NLEX and then Malhacan Road or through Congressional Extension Road and Manufacturers
Avenue. There are land transportation available in the area with several terminals such as
one at El Camino Public Market and EMA Town Center. Iba Road is the main road artery to
the project site. The access road to the site is within Ciudad Industria.

Figure 2-36. Site Development of SAMC Plant

2.3.2.6 METEOROLOGY

Meteorological Data

Meteorological data such as stability classes and wind speeds, mixing height, cloud cover
among other are considered this model run. TIER 3 meteorological data was used. PAGASA
NAIA Science Garden Station was the basis for meteorological background of the areas.
Generally, the full meteorology was used to cover changes and seasons in the area.

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-55


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Aermod meteorological data requires Surface characteristics in the form of albedo, surface
roughness and Bowen ratio, plus standard meteorological observations (wind speed, wind
direction, temperature, and cloud cover), are input to AERMET. AERMET then calculates the
PBL parameters: friction velocity (u*), Monin-Obukhov length (L), convective velocity scale
(w13*), temperature scale (2), mixing height (z), and surface heat flux (H). These parameters
are then passed to the INTERFACE (which is within AERMOD) where similarity expressions (in
conjunction with measurements) are used to calculate vertical profiles of wind speed (u),
lateral and vertical turbulent fluctuations (Fv, Fw), potential temperature gradient (d2/dz),
and potential temperature (2).

Wind Speed and Direction

The wind speed is used to determine: a) plume dilution, and b) plume rise downwind of the
stack. These factors in turn affect the magnitude of the distance to the maximum ground level
concentration.

Wind data are often recorded at existing plant sites as well as air quality monitoring stations.
It is important that an equipment be to record such data. The equipment must properly
design, sited, and maintained to record data that are representative of the direction and speed
of the plume.

Figure 2-37. Aermod Surface Science Garden 2016

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-56


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Figure 2-38. Combined Aermod Surface (SFC) and Profile (PFL) Science Garden 2016

Stability

The stability category at any given time will depend upon static stability, thermal turbulence,
and mechanical turbulence. It is generally estimated by a method which requires information
on solar elevation angle, cloud cover, cloud ceiling height, and wind speed.

Mixing Height

The mixing height is the distance above the ground to which relatively unrestricted vertical
mixing occurs in the atmosphere. When the mixing height is low, ambient ground level
concentrations will be relatively high because the pollutants are prevented from dispersing
upward.

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-57


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Table 2-14. Aermod Surface Meteorology (SFC)

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-58


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Table 2-15. Aermod Profile Meteorology (PFL)

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-59


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Terrain

Terrain elevations have a large impact on the air dispersion and deposition modelling
results and therefore on the estimates of potential risk to human health and the
environment. Terrain elevation is the elevation relative to the facility base elevation.
Complex Terrain illustrated in Figure below are those elevations defined as anywhere
within 50 km from the stack, are above the top of the stack being evaluated in the air
modelling analysis. AERMOD executes complex terrain situations. The model utilized
elected terrain using SRTM3 terrain data processed by AERMAP terrain processor. This
option assumes terrain height exceeds stack base elevation, model receptors are also
assumed on elevated terrain. Figure below shows the terrain projections.

The AERMIC terrain pre-processor AERMAP uses gridded terrain data to calculate a
representative terrain-influence height, also referred to as the terrain height scale. The
terrain height scale, which is uniquely defined for each receptor location, is used to
calculate the dividing streamline height. The gridded data needed by AERMAP is selected
from Digital Elevation Model (DEM) data. AERMAP is also used to create receptor grids.
The elevation for each specified receptor is automatically assigned through AERMAP. For
each receptor, AERMAP passes the following information to AERMOD: the receptor’s
location (x), its height above mean sea level (z), and the receptor specific terrain height
scale.

Figure 2-39. Terrain SRTM projection AERMAP ver 9.3

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-60


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Figure 2-40. 510 Digitail Terrain SRTM Elevation AERMAP ver 9.3

Other Sources of Air Emissions

Fugitive dust from Building was also considered in the model scenario using estimation
based on Cold Milling and Billet cutting operation using US-EPA AP42 Emission Factors.

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-61


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Figure 2-41. US EPA AP 42 Emission Factors for Area Source in Steel Minimill

Table 2-16. Emission Loads Volume Source from Building (additional for Scenario 2)
Cold Billet Cold Billet
Reversing Cutting Reversing Cutting
Mill Torches Mill Torches
EF EF PM PM g/sec-
MT/yr Mt/hr PM(g/sec) Area
(lb/ton) (lb/ton) (g/sec) (g/sec) m2
Furance
60,000.00 80.00 0.0192 0.0320 0.19 0.32 0.51 139.00 0.00370
1 (Mill1)
Furance
100,000.00 20.00 0.0192 0.0320 0.05 0.08 0.13 248.00 0.00052
2 (Mill 2)

2.3.2.7 BACKGROUND AIR QUALITY

2.3.2.7.1 Ambient Air Monitoring Stations

Considerations related to air quality monitoring data that is utilized in the air quality
dispersion modeling analysis are discussed below.

Modeled ambient air concentrations only reflect the impacts from stationary industrial
emission sources. Therefore, “background” concentrations are typically added to the
modeled ground-level concentrations. These background concentrations include emissions
from other sources (e.g., area and mobile sources, distant point sources, etc.). The
background concentrations are summarized in Table 2-17 below.

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-62


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Table 2-17. PM-10 1 Hr Background Monitoring

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-63


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Figure 2-42. Location of Background Ambient Sampling Stations for PM-10

Figure 2-43. Location of Background Ambient Lead at 4 Sampling Stations and Predicted
Lead(Pb)

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-64


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Figure 2-44. Location of Background Ambient PM-10 at 4 Sampling Stations and PM-10

2.3.2.7.2 Methods of Sampling and Analysis

Methods of Sampling and Analysis are based on CFR 40 Part 50 Method in compliance with
the methods of analysis under Air Quality Guideline Values and National Ambient Air
Quality Standards under DAO 2000-81. Gravimetic for PM-10 while Atomic Absorption
Spectroscopy (AAS) for Lead.

2.3.2.7.3 Predicted and Observed Ambient Air Quality

Results are limited to PM-10 and Lead only. Results of predicted and observed are shown
above in Table 2-17.

2.3.2.8 AIR DISPERSION MODELING

2.3.2.8.1 Model Description

Atmospheric dispersion modeling is a mathematical method of predicting the concentration


of the pollutants downwind from the discharge source. The model takes into account a
number of factors including emission rate of the pollutant, the height of the stack, building
downwash effects, local topography, and meteorology. The main meteorological aspect
considered in modeling are wind speed and direction, ambient temperature, atmospheric
mixing height and atmospheric stability.

The modeling approach will utilize Tier 4 Sophisticated modelling using site specific
Meteorological data the most refined modelling techniques sophisticated and latest

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-65


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

AERMOD ver 9.3 to assess the impact of contaminant emissions. AERMOD ver 9.3 will
utilize local meteorological data based on the wind fields of the area and include terrain
effects on the wind directions. Local meteorological data sets including site-specific
parameters, terrain data and meteorological characteristics should be used, as it more
accurately reflects local conditions.

AERMOD ver 9.3 is a TIER 4 complaint software complies with the Environmental
Management Bureau (EMB), Memorandum Circular (MC) No. 2008-03 “Guidelines for Air
Dispersion Modeling” to meet the requirements under Republic Act(RA) 8749: the
Philippine Clean Air Act of 1999 and its Implementing Rules and Regulations (IRR) of
Department Administrative Order (DAO) 2000-81.

The model will be generated the following results:

 To generate 1-hr and 24-hr dispersion of the following criteria pollutants and
identify peak ground level concentration for Particulate Matter(PM), Carbon
Monoxide (CO), Sulfur Dioxide (SO2), Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2), Lead (Pb) and
Zinc (Zn):
 To determine ground level concentration at selected area receptors; and
 To determine the best location of the proposed air monitoring stations.

AERMOD VER. 9.3

AERMOD is a steady-state plume model. In the stable boundary layer (SBL), it assumes
the concentration distribution to be Gaussian in both the vertical and horizontal. In the
convective boundary layer (CBL), the horizontal distribution is also assumed to be
Gaussian, but the vertical distribution is described with a bi-Gaussian probability density
function (pdf). This behavior of the concentration distributions in the CBL was
demonstrated by Willis and Deardorff (1981) and Briggs (1993). Additionally, in the CBL,
AERMOD treats “plume lofting,” whereby a portion of plume mass, released from a buoyant
source, rises to and remains near the top of the boundary layer before becoming mixed
into the CBL. AERMOD also tracks any plume mass that penetrates into the elevated stable
layer, and then allows it to re-enter the boundary layer when and if appropriate. For
sources in both the CBL and the SBL AERMOD treats the Power of lateral dispersion
resulting from plume meander. Using a relatively simple approach, AERMOD incorporates
current concepts about flow and dispersion in complex terrain. Where appropriate the
plume is modeled as either impacting and/or following the terrain. This approach has been
designed to be physically realistic and simple to implement while avoiding the need to
distinguish among simple, intermediate and complex terrain, as required by other
regulatory models. As a result, AERMOD removes the need for defining complex terrain
regimes. All terrain is handled in a consistent and continuous manner while considering
the dividing streamline concept (Snyder et al. 1985) in stably stratified conditions. Figure
2-45 shows the data flow in AERMOD system. Figure below shows the AERMOD treatment
of boundary parameters.

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-66


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Figure 2-45. Data flow in AERMOD SYSTEM

2.3.2.8.2 Emissions

Emission Load

Input data in Figure below shows the operation of 2 Units 70 MT/hr (Total of 140 Mt/hr)
to represent both 80 MT/hr Rolling Mill No. 1 and 20 MT/hr Rolling Mill No. 2 (Total of 100
MT/hr) to depict worst case scenario in the model run. Two (2) scenarios was considered
in this report; (1) Scenario 1: Furnace Stacks for Mills 1 and Mill 2; (2) Scenario 2:
Scenario 1 + Building Volume Source Fugitive Dust Emission. Modeling Parameters in
Particulate Matter(PM), Carbon Monoxide (CO), Sulfur Dioxide (SO 2), Nitrogen Dioxide
(NO2), Lead (Pb) and Zinc (Zn). The source parameters of the stacks, such as stack height,
stack inside diameter; flue gas exit velocity and temperature are summarized in the Table
below.

Table 2-18. Point Source Input (Scenario 1)


Stack
Stack Stack Stack
Temp Stack VEL
Temp. VFR (Ncm/Min) Diam Area
deg Ht. (m) (m/s)
(K) (m) (m2)
C
Mill 1 80 MT/Hr (USED 70 MT/Hr) 428 701 841.77 1.74 2.38 45.50 5.90
Mill 2 20 MT/Hr (USED 70 MT/Hr) 428 701 900.82 1.8 2.54 50.00 5.90
Concentration (mg/Ncm)
PM CO NOx SOx Pb Zn
Mill 1 80 MT/Hr (USED 70 MT/Hr) 25 8.00 251.00 38.00 0.097 0.001
Mill 2 20 MT/Hr (USED 70 MT/Hr) 25 8.00 251.00 38.00 0.097 0.001
Emission Rate/Strength (g/s)
PM CO NOx SOx Pb Zn
Mill 1 80 MT/Hr (USED 70 MT/Hr) 0.35 0.11 3.52 0.53 1.36E-03 1.40E-05
Mill 2 20 MT/Hr (USED 70 MT/Hr) 0.38 0.12 3.77 0.57 1.46E-03 1.50E-05
Note: Data source are from the actual measured parameters

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-67


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

2.3.2.8.3 Modeling Domain and Receptors

Model domain is 10,000 X 10,000meters area. Center of the domain is the location of
Stack of Mill1.

Figure 2-46. Data flow in AERMOD SYSTEM

2.3.2.8.4 Building Downwash

Building Wake Effects (Downwash)

The emission sources at the facility are evaluated in terms of their proximity to nearby
structures. The purpose of the downwash evaluation is to determine if stack discharges
may become caught in the turbulent wakes generated by these structures. Wind blowing
around a structure creates zones of turbulence that are greater than if the structures were
absent. The parameterization of building downwash in AUSPLUME is appropriate for use in
the turbulent wake region.

Emission sources with a stack height less than the minimum Good Engineering Practice
(GEP) stack height may be affected by downwash caused by a nearby structure. Per USEPA
guidance, the minimum GEP stack height is determined using the following equation:2

G = H + 1.5L

Where:

G = Minimum GEP stack height

2
US EPA, Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards, Guidelines for Determination of Good Engineering Practice Stack Height
(Technical Support Document for the Stack Height Regulations) (Revised), Research Triangle, North Carolina, EPA 450/4-80-
032R, June, 1985.

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-68


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

H = Height of the structure


L = Lesser dimension (height or projected width of structure)

This equation is limited to stacks located within 5L of a surrounding structure. Stacks


located at distances greater than 5L are not subject to the wake effects of the structure.
If there is more than one stack at a given facility, the above equation must be successively
applied to each stack. If more than one structure is involved, the equations must also be
successively applied to each structure.

The purpose of the downwash evaluation is to determine if stack discharges may become
caught in the turbulent wakes generated by these structures. Wind blowing around a
structure creates zones of turbulence that are greater than if the structures were absent.
Since stack height is less than the building height, building downwash is considered in this
modeling. Building dimensions are given on the below table.

Stack Building GEP** Preliminary*


Base Elevation GEP Stack
Stack Name Stack Height EQN1
Differences Height Value
STACK2 20.00 -0.37 10.37 65.00
STACK1 50.00 -0.63 10.63 65.00

Figure 2-47. Building No. 1 BPIP AERMOD ver 9.3

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-69


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Figure 2-48. Building No. 1 BPIP AERMOD ver 9.3

Meteorological Data

Aermod meteorological data requires Surface characteristics in the form of albedo, surface
roughness and Bowen ratio, plus standard meteorological observations (wind speed, wind
direction, temperature, and cloud cover), are input to AERMET. AERMET then calculates
the PBL parameters: friction velocity (u*), Monin-Obukhov length (L), convective velocity
scale (w13*), temperature scale (2), mixing height (z), and surface heat flux (H). These
parameters are then passed to the INTERFACE (which is within AERMOD) where similarity
expressions (in conjunction with measurements) are used to calculate vertical profiles of
wind speed (u), lateral and vertical turbulent fluctuations (Fv, Fw), potential temperature
gradient (d2/dz), and potential temperature (2).

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-70


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

2.3.2.8.5 Meteorological Input Data

Figure 2-49. Aermod Surface Meteorology (SFC)

Figure 2-50. Aermod Profile Meteorology (PFL)

2.3.2.8.6 Modeling Scenarios

The model scenario utilizes 10X`0km Domain using Tier 4 Sophisticated modelling
employing site specific Meteorological data particularly the most refined modelling
techniques, AERMOD ver 9.3 to assess the impact of contaminant emissions. AERMOD ver
9.3 utilized local meteorological data (Science Garden PAGASA) based on the wind fields
of the area and include terrain effects on the wind directions. Local meteorological data
sets including site-specific parameters, landuse, terrain data, and meteorological
characteristics should be used, as it more accurately reflects local conditions. Building
wake effects was also used as advance feature to depict effects of building downwash.

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-71


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Two (2) scenarios was considered in this report; (1) Scenario 1: Furnace Stacks for Mills
1 and Mill 2; (2) Scenario 2: Scenario 1 + Building Volume Source Fugitive Dust Emission.

2.3.2.8.7 Modeling Results and Discussion

The highest concentration falls within the plants premise at 50 to 500 meters away from
the stack of Mill 1. Dispersion model results are presented in 6 km by 6 km. Figure to 5.7
to 5.27 shows the isopleths diagrams of the predicted ambient ground level concentration
values for Two (2) scenarios was considered in this report; (1) Scenario 1: Furnace Stacks
for Mills 1 and Mill 2; (2) Scenario 2: Scenario 1 + Building Volume Source Fugitive Dust
Emission.

Table 2-19. Summary of Maximum Ground Level Concentration

AVERAGING
Distance CONC Standard/GV
PARAMETER TIME Direction
Hours meters ug/NCm ug/NCm
TSP (Scenario 1 52.35 WSW 4.27 300
1) 24 180.94 NNW 0.689 230
TSP (Scenario 1 405.39 NNE 300.92 300
2) 24 448.49 NNW 115.39 230
PM-10 1 52.35 WSW 0.854 150
(Scenario 1) 24 180.94 NNW 0.137 200
PM-10 1 405.39 NNE 60.18 150
(Scenario 2) 24 448.49 NNW 23.07 200
CO 1 52.35 WSW 1.34 35 mg/Ncm
8 180.94 NNW 0.6334 10 mg/Ncm
NO2 1 448.49 NNW 42.57 260
24 180.94 NNW 6.9 150
SO2 1 448.49 NNW 6.41 260
24 180.94 NNW 1.04 150
Pb 1 448.49 NNW 0.1646 20 ug/Ncm *
24 180.94 NNW 0.00267 NA
Zn 1 448.49 NNW 0.00017 NA
24 180.94 NNW 0.00003 NA
Legend: * 30 min

Total Suspended Particulates (TSP)

The predicted TSP concentrations for 1-hour and 24-hour averaging times are within the
DENR NAAQGV & NAAQSSSAPI Standards. Therefore, the proposed TSP emissions will not
have significant environmental impact to the ambient air quality. Predicted short term (1
hour) for controlled Total Suspended Particulates (TSP) maximum ground level
concentrations considering terrain effects is at 4.27 ug/Ncm located 52 meters WestSouth
West (WSW) from the Stack of Furnace 1 (Mill 1). Simulated concentrations for maximum
ground level concentration for 1 hour TSP is generally below the National Ambient Air
Quality Standards for Source Specific Air Pollutants of 300 ug/Ncm. On the other hand, for

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-72


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

24 hour averaging time, result of the Model run shows that Maximum TSP concentration
is 0.689 ug/Ncm located 52 meters WestSouth West (WSW) from the Stack of Furnace 1
(Mill 1). All simulated concentrations were in compliance under the 24 hour standards
under the National Guideline Values of 230 ug/Ncm.

Carbon Monoxide (CO)

As presented in Table below, the maximum predicted future 1-hour and 8-hour averaging
times CO concentrations will be well within the DENR NAAQGV. Therefore, the proposed
CO emissions will not have significant environmental impact to the ambient air quality.
Predicted short term (1 hour) for Carbon Monoxide (CO) maximum ground level
concentrations considering terrain effects is 1.34 ug/Ncm located 52 meters WestSouth
West (WSW) from the Stack of Furnace 1 (Mill 1). All simulated concentrations were in
compliance under the 1 hour standards under the National Guideline Values of 35 mg/Ncm.
On the other hand, for 8 hour averaging time, result of the Model run shows that maximum
ground level concentrations is 1.34 ug/Ncm located 375 meters North North West (NNW)
from the Stack of Furnace 1 (Mill 1). All simulated concentrations were in compliance under
the 1 hour standards under the National Guideline Values of 10 mg/Ncm.

Sulfur Dioxide (SO2)

Based on the modeling results, the predicted 1-hour and 24-hour averaging times of SO2
concentrations are within the DENR NAAQGV & NAAQSSSAPI Standards. Predicted short
term (1 hour) for Sulfur Oxides (SOx) maximum ground level concentrations considering
terrain effects is 6.41 ug/Ncm located 448meters North North West (NNW) from the Stack
of Furnace 1 (Mill 1). All simulated concentrations were in compliance under the 1 hour
standards under the National Guideline Values of 260 ug/Ncm. On the other hand, for 24
hour averaging time, result of the Model run shows that maximum ground level
concentrations is 1.04 ug/Ncm located 180 meters North North West (NNW) from the
Stack of Furnace 1 (Mill 1). All simulated concentrations were in compliance under the 24
hour standards under the National Guideline values of 340 ug/Ncm.

Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2)

Assuming all NOx emitted are converted into NO2, the predicted NO2 concentrations for
1-hour and 24-hour averaging times are within the DENR NAAQGV & NAQSSSAPI
Standards. Predicted short term (1 hour) for Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) maximum ground
level concentrations considering terrain effects is 42.57 ug/Ncm located 448 meters North
West (NNW) from the Stack of Furnace 1 (Mill 1). All simulated concentrations were in
compliance under the 1 hour standards under the National Guideline Values of 260
ug/Ncm. On the other hand, for 24 hour averaging time, result of the Model run shows
that maximum ground level concentrations is 6.9 ug/Ncm located 180 meters North West
(NNW) from the Stack of Furnace 1 (Mill 1). All simulated concentrations were in
compliance under the 1 hour standards under the National Guideline Values of 150
ug/Ncm.

Metals Lead (Pb) and Zinc (Zn)

As presented in Table below, the maximum predicted future 1-hour averaging times Lead
(Pb) and Zinc (Zn) concentrations will be well within the DENR NAAQGV. Therefore, the
proposed Lead (Pb) and Zinc (Zn) emissions will not have significant environmental impact
to the ambient air quality. Predicted short term (1 hour) for Lead (Pb) maximum ground

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-73


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

level concentrations considering terrain effects is 0.1646 ug/ located 448 meters North
North West (NNW) from the Stack of Furnace 1 (Mill 1). Predicted short term (1 hour) for
Zinc (Zn) maximum ground level concentrations considering terrain effects is 0.00017
ug/Ncm located 180 meters North North West (NNW) from the Stack of Furnace 1 (Mill 1).

An overall evaluation of the air dispersion modeling study concluded the following key
points:

• The use of the stack Test of 70 MT/hr LSFO-Furnace of HighSteet (SPV-AMC) in


Calaca Batangas to represent the Furnace 1 and 2 of Rolling Mill 1 & 2of SAMC
is a representative data to depict worst case scenario. Model shows the
operation of 2 Units 70 MT/hr (Total of 140 Mt/hr – Calaca Data) to represent
the combined operation of both 80 MT/hr Rolling Mill No. 1 and 20 MT/hr Rolling
Mill No. 2 (Total of 100 MT/hr). Model run has considered 140 Mt/hr to represent
only 100 MT/hr operation to present worst case scenario plus Building Fugitive
dust and background emissions.
• High Ground Level Concentrations are still within Clean Air Act standards
considering Scenario 1 operating 2 X 70 MT/hr = 140 Mt/hr furnaces to
represent the 80 Mt/hr Mill 1 + 20 Mt/hr Mill2 = 100 Mt/hr operation of the
expansion project of SAMC. However, in Scenario 2 with the inclusion Area
source from building fugitives dust emissions, TSP result for 1 hour averaging
time is at the borderline of 300 ug/Ncm.
• The highest ground level concentrations (GLCs) of TSP, SO2, NO2, and CO , Pb
and Zinc for 1-hour averaging period at any given wind direction in all stations
are all below the DENR standard limits of 300 µg/Ncm for TSP, and 340 µg/Ncm
for SO2, 260 µg/Ncm for NO2, and 35,000 µg/Ncm for CO, 20 ug/Ncm for Lead.
Significant increase for TSP concentration was noted in Scenario 2.
• The ground level concentrations (GLCs) of TSP, SO2, NO2, and CO, Pb, Zn for
24-hour and 8 hour (for CO) averaging period at identified air sensitive
receptors are all below the DENR standard limits of 230 µg/Ncm for TSP, and
180 µg/Ncm for SO2, 150 µg/Ncm for NO2, and 10,000 µg/Ncm for CO.
• The PM-10 and Lead concentration is still within the ambient 1hr standards
considering the approximate inclusion background concentration (Table 2-18).
• Evaluation of predicted concentrations in relation to geographical locations
showed primary zone of impact is within 50 to 500 meters radius of the site,
and expected minor long range transportation and dispersion. Areas Sensitive
Receptors (ARS) are mostly residential areas.
• Predicted Ambient GLC concentrations in Receptor Areas within the 50 to 500
meters from the stack of Mill1 are still within the standards. GLCs are
predominantly dispersed towards the WestSouthWest (WNW) ans
NorthNorthWest (NNW) directions. Other significant dispersion are towards the
South (S), NorthWest (NW) and SouthEast (SE) directions.
• Aggregated background and predicted Lead concentration (Pb) concentration in
4 monitoring stations are way below the 20 ug/Ncm standard at <0.0164
ugNcm.

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-74


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Figure 2-51. Plot of TSP 1hr Concentration Isopleth

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-75


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Figure 2-52. Plot of TSP 1hr Concentration Isopleth Google Earth Overlay

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-76


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Figure 2-53. Plot of TSP 1hr Concentration Isopleth-Scenario 2 (Furnace + Building


Volume Source)

Figure 2-54. Plot of TSP 24hr Concentration Isopleth-Scenario 2 (Furnace + Building


Volume Source)

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-77


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Figure 2-55. Plot of PM-10 1hr Concentration Isopleth-Scenario 2 (Furnace + Building


Volume Source)

Figure 2-56. Plot of PM-10 1hr Concentration Isopleth-Scenario 2 ( Furnace + Building


Volume Source)

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-78


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Figure 2-57. Plot of TSP 1hr Concentration Isopleth-Scenario 2 (Furnace + Building


Volume Source) Google Earth Overlay

Figure 2-58. Plot of TSP 24hr Concentration Isopleth-Scenario 2 (Furnace + Building


Volume Source) Google Earth Overlay

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-79


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Figure 2-59. Plot of PM-10 1hr Concentration Isopleth-Scenario 2 (Furnace + Building


Volume Source) Google Earth Overlay

Figure 2-60. Plot of PM-10 24 hr Concentration Isopleth-Scenario 2 (Furnace + Building


Volume Source) Google Earth Overlay

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-80


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Figure 2-61. Plot of TSP 24hr Concentration Isopleth

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-81


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Figure 2-62. Plot of TSP 24hr Concentration Isopleth Google Earth Overlay

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-82


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Figure 2-63. Plot of CO 1hr Concentration Isopleth

Figure 2-64. Plot of CO 1hrConcentration Isopleth Google Earth Overlay

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-83


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Figure 2-65. Plot of CO 8hr Concentration Isopleth

Figure 2-66. Plot of CO 8hrConcentration Isopleth Google Earth Overlay

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-84


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Figure 2-67. Plot of SO2 1hr Concentration Isopleth

Figure 2-68. Plot of SO2 1 Hr Concentration Isopleth Google Earth Overlay

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-85


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Figure 2-69. Plot of SO2 1hr Concentration Isopleth

Figure 2-70. Plot of SO2 24 hr Concentration Isopleth Google Earth Overlay

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-86


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Figure 2-71. Plot of NO2 1 HR Concentration Isopleth

Figure 2-72. Plot of NO2 1 HR Concentration Isopleth Google Earth Overlay

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-87


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Figure 2-73. Plot of NO2 24 HR Concentration Isopleth

Figure 2-74. Plot of NO2 24 HR Concentration Isopleth Google Earth Overlay

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-88


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Figure 2-75. Plot of Lead(Pb) 1 Hr Concentration Isopleth

Figure 2-76. Plot of Lead(Pb) 1 Hr Concentration Isopleth Google Earth Overlay

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-89


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Figure 2-77. Plot of Lead (Pb) 1 Hr Concentration Isopleth

Figure 2-78. Plot of Lead (Pb) 1 Hr Concentration Isopleth

Summary of 1-hour and 24-hour GLC at Area Sensitive Receptor

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-90


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

The following table summarizes the predicted concentrations at selected area sensitive
receptors (ASRs) which are mostly residential areas. TIER 4 modeling result as presented
n table below shows the GLC at selected air sensitive receptor. Results of modeled
parameters in all air sensitive receptor are within the DENR standard for 1-hour averaging
period of 300 µg/Ncm for TSP, 340 µg/Ncm for SO2, 260 µg/Ncm for NO2, and 35,000
µg/Ncm for CO. The calculated 24-hour averaging period is also within the DENR standard
of 230 µg/Ncm for TSP, 180 µg/Ncm for SO 2, 150 µg/Ncm for NO2, and 10,000 µg/Ncm
for CO. The graphical figure of the modeling result for1 –hour,8 hout and 24-hour
averaging period in area sensitive receptors (ARS) are shown in below.

Area Sensitive Receptors (ASRs) in the Project Domain

30.00
25.00
20.00 ASR 9

15.00 ASR 7

10.00 ASR 5

ASR 3
5.00
ASR 1
0.00
TSP TSP CO* CO* NO2 NO2 SO2 SO2 Pb Zn
1HR 24 1HR 8 HR 1HR 2HR 1HR 24HR 1HR 1HR
HR

ASR 1 ASR 2 ASR 3 ASR 4 ASR 5 ASR 6 ASR 7 ASR 8 ASR 9 ASR 10

Figure 2-79. Graph of 1-hour GLC at Air Sensitive Receptor

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-91


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Table 2-20. Summary of Predicted 1-hr and 24-hour GLC at Area Sensitive

UTM Coordinates PARAMETERS ( ug/Ncm)


Receptor Receptor TSP
Barangay Easting Northing TSP CO* CO* NO2 NO2 SO2 SO2 Pb
ID Description 24 Zn 1HR
(m) (m) 1HR 1HR 8 HR 1HR 2HR 1HR 24HR 1HR
HR
ASR 1 Residential Perez 285069 1633425 3.00 0.30 0.50 0.20 30.00 3.00 3.00 0.50 0.005 5.E-05
ASR 2 Residential Iba 283353 1632973 0.90 0.08 0.30 0.05 9.00 0.80 3.00 0.10 0.004 5.E-04
ASR 3 Residential Camalig 282368 1633992 0.60 0.05 0.30 0.05 6.00 0.50 0.90 0.08 0.000 5.E-04
ASR 4 Residential Pandayan 281635 1632652 0.50 0.05 0.30 0.05 5.00 0.50 0.90 0.08 0.002 5.E-02
ASR 5 Residential Perez 284715 1632272 3.00 0.10 0.50 0.07 30.00 1.00 3.00 0.50 0.005 5.E-05
ASR 6 Residential Bagbaguin 285388 1632046 3.00 0.30 0.50 0.07 30.00 3.00 3.00 0.50 0.005 5.E-05
ASR 7 Residential Bahay Pare 286874 1634364 1.00 0.08 0.30 0.05 9.00 0.80 3.00 0.50 0.004 5.E-04
ASR 8 Residential Bahay Pare 286168 1633223 3.00 0.30 0.50 0.20 30.00 3.00 3.00 0.50 0.007 5.E-07
ASR 9 Residential 171 North Caloocan 287875 1632605 0.90 0.05 0.30 0.05 9.00 0.50 3.00 0.08 0.002 5.E-04
ASR 10 Residential 171 North Caloocan 287652 1631554 0.40 0.05 0.30 0.03 6.00 0.50 0.90 0.06 0.002 5.E-02
Note: a -Coordinates is in UTM Zone 51N, Projection Datum is WGS 1984, b-Calculated using a factor of 0.4 for TSP, SO2, & NO2, and 0.67 for CO as per USEPA
Screening Procedures for Estimating the Air Quality Impact of Stationary Sources, Revised.c – Background concentration from DC Station No.02 is added to the
24-hour result except for COd –No available background concentration

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-92


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

2.3.3 AMBIENT NOISE LEVELS

The proposed expansion project site is located within the 18 hectares property of SAMC in
Ciudad Industria Bahay Pare, Meycauayan, Bulacan. The project boundary has coordinates
of approximately 14° 46’ 0.19” N latitude and 121° 5’ 18” E longitude. The site can be
reached from Manila through NLEX and then Malhacan Road or through Congressional
Extension Road and Manufacturers Avenue. There is land transportation available in the
area with several terminals such as one at El Camino Public Market and EMA Town Center.
Iba Road is the main road artery to the project site. The access road to the site is within
Ciudad Industria. Based on the actual noise monitoring, results show that the noise in the
area is in compliance with the standards. Comparative noise regulation of international
and local regulations were as follows: Philippine OSHA - 90 dB (A); US OSHA -90 dB (A);
and US NIOSH - 85 dB (A). In addition, allowable noise standards under PD 1584 are
presented in the Table below.

Table 2-21. Allowable Noise Emission Standards under PD 1584 (dB)


DAYTIME MORNING/ EVENING NIGHTIME
AREA CATEGORY
9AM-6PM 5AM-9AM / 6PM-10PM 10PM-5AM
AA
50 45 40
School, Hospitals
A
55 50 45
Residential
B
65 60 55
Commercial
C
70 65 60
Light Industrial
D
75 70 65
Heavy Industrial

Results for the noise monitoring conducted are shown below. One-hour monitoring was
done for Stations 1 and 2and 24-hours monitoring for Station 2.

Table 2-22. Results of baseline noise monitoring at Bulihan Barangay Hall


Sampling Time North East South West Min Max Ave Remarks
1057H-1112H 61.3 69.8 61.9 65.3 65.3 69.5 64.6 68.0 63.6 68.5 66.7 Noise came from vehicles that passed by
1112H-1127H 64.3 69.1 64.9 69.2 65.5 69.7 61.9 68.3 64.3 69.1 67.3 Noise came from vehicles that passed by
1127H-1142H 64.3 69.7 64.7 69.1 65.9 68.5 63.3 67.9 64.7 68.9 67.2 Noise came from vehicles that passed by
1142H-1157H 64.1 69.5 66.3 70.1 67.9 70.2 67.3 70.0 66.6 70.0 68.6 Noise came from vehicles that passed by
AveLeq 67.5

Table 2-23. Results for Baseline Noise Monitoring along Plaridel Bypass Road
Sampling Time North East South West Min Max Ave Remarks
1212H - 1227H 67.9 70.6 69.3 78.6 68.6 71.4 67.7 70.7 68.4 74.4 72.3 Noise came from vehicles that passed by
1227H - 1242H 68.9 76.1 68.4 74.3 67.4 75.6 64.3 71.8 67.6 74.7 72.5 Noise came from vehicles that passed by
1242H - 1257H 68.2 71.3 69.5 75.7 68.7 76.8 64.6 69.8 68.1 74.3 72.2 Noise came from vehicles that passed by
1257H - 1312H 64.3 74.5 68.7 74.8 66.9 76.2 55.8 69.2 65.8 74.3 71.9 Noise came from vehicles that passed by
AveLeq 72.2

Table 2-24. Results for 24-hours Baseline Noise Monitoring at Sta a4


Sampling Time North East South West Min Max Ave Remarks
1503H - 1703H 54.8 61.3 54.1 59.3 54.5 59.6 60.8 55.9 57.1 59.4 58.4 Noise came from vehicles that passed by
Noise came from insects and vehicles that passed
1703H -1903H 58.3 59.2 58.6 60.0 58.2 59.5 57.7 58.2 58.2 59.3 58.8
by
Noise came from insects and vehicles that passed
1903H - 2103H 57.5 59.0 56.3 59.8 58.3 59.1 56.5 58.9 57.2 59.2 58.3
by

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-93


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Sampling Time North East South West Min Max Ave Remarks
Noise came from insects and vehicles that passed
2103H - 2303H 60.8 61.4 61.0 62.8 61.7 62.8 61.3 61.9 61.2 62.3 61.8
by
2303H - 0103H 58.6 60.1 57.3 58.4 60.5 61.3 61.9 68.5 59.9 64.0 62.5 Noise came from rain
0103H - 0303H 58.4 59.7 58.0 59.9 59.2 60.2 60.8 61.0 59.2 60.2 59.8 Noise came from insects
0303H - 0503H 57.8 58.6 56.7 57.8 60.0 61.9 61.8 62.0 59.5 60.5 60.0 Noise came from insects
0503H - 0703H 58.9 59.2 58.3 59.5 58.9 59.6 59.9 60.4 59.0 59.7 59.4 Noise came from insects
Noise came from birds around and vehicles that
0703H - 0903H 55.3 59.8 59.8 61.4 54.1 59.3 58.7 59.6 57.6 60.1 59.0
passed by
Noise came from birds around and vehicles that
0903H - 1103H 49.3 50.3 51.9 59.8 50.6 51.7 48.1 52.4 50.2 55.4 53.5
passed by
Noise came from birds around and vehicles that
1103H - 1303H 57.8 62.4 47.5 52.8 46.9 50.1 47.6 50.2 52.8 57.3 55.6
passed by
Noise came from birds around and vehicles that
1303H - 1503H 50.1 54.4 44.9 49.9 45.8 49.4 49.6 51.8 48.2 51.8 50.4
passed by
AveLeq 59.1

2.3.3.1 NOISE MODEL APPROACH

Model results are based on the propagation of sound through water or air is the "source,
path, receiver" model (Richardson 1995). Among basic parameters in this model related
to the receiver's perception of loudness are:

source: source level (SL)


path or medium: transmission loss (TL), ambient noise level (NL)
receiver: signal to noise ratio (SNR), received level (AIL), detection threshold (DT)

A simple definition of sound propagation is:

RL = SL - TL

where TL = 10 log (Intensity at 1 meter/Intensity at r meters away from the source,


assuming spherical spreading)

Transmission loss can also be estimated by adding the effects of geometrical spreading,
absorption and scattering. For our purposes we'll deal only with spreading (TL g) and
absorption loss (TLa):

TL = TLg + TLa

where

TLg = 20 log (r/rref)

(for geometrical spherical spreading; r is in meters)

Noise is measured in terms of Decibels unit. The equation below expresses the relationship
of pressure levels to decibel unit:

10 Log  P 
Decibel =  Po 

Where:

Po
= is a reference value

Po
= is a measured value

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-94


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

For various sources of sound pressures, the total equivalent sound level at the receptor
point can be expressed by the following equation:

 L1 L2 L3 Ln

Lov  10 Log 10 10  10 10  10 10  ....  10 10 
 
Propagation of Sound

The total acoustic energy emitted from a source, can be assumed to propagate in a
hemispherical attenuation. At the receptor, the amount of sound pressure level depends
on the amount of rated kilowatt power. The intensity can be expressed by the following
relationship:

W
I
4r 2 ===> (sphere surface area)

where:

W = power in watts

r = radius from the source

If the sound power level is given, then the sound pressure level at the receptor point can
be expressed by the following relationship:

L p  Lw  10 Log 2R 2   ===> (hemispherical)

L1  Lw1  10 Log 2R12  


Where:

Lp
= sound level pressure, decibel

Lw = sound power level, decibel

R = separation distance, meters

Combining terms:

 [ Lw1 10 Log 2R1 ]10 [ Lw 2 10 Log 2R2 ] [ Lw 3 10 Log 2R3 ] 
2 2 2

Lx , y  10 Log 10  10 10
 10 10

 

2.3.3.2 RESULTS OF NOISE MODEL

Based on the “Source, Path and Receiver" noise model, major noise source identified were
as follows: (1) Reheating Furnace, (2) Rolling Mill, (3) Twin Finishing Blocks, (4) QTB
Quenching Line, (4) Cooling Bed, (5) Heavy Duty Stationary Shear, (6) Hydraulic Binding
Machine , Transport and Hauling Activities. Model results are based on worst case scenarios

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-95


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

operating 24 hours maximum excluding noise mitigating measures such as noise barriers
among others. Noise source are based on worst case theoretical noise levels.

Table 2-25. Corresponding noise level contribution of different equipment in the Plant

Sound source Sound power level Lw (dB re 10-12 W)


Reheating Furnace 90 dB
Rolling Mill 90 dB
Twin Finishing Blocks 150 dB
QTB Quenching Line, 50 dB
Cooling Bed 50 dB
Heavy Duty Stationary Shear 50 dB
Hydraulic Binding Machine 50 dB
Heavy Truck Engine 90 dB

Figure 2-80. Isobel diagram in 200m Domain

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-96


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Figure 2-81. Isobel diagram in 6000m Domain

Noise sources are based exclusively from plant equipment and transport activities
operating at full capacity excluding ambient noise corrections from other industrial,
agricultural and roadside sources. Result shows that noise level impacts at full operation
will emit less than 50 Decibels 200 meter away from plant sources below the Light and
Heavy Industrial Allowable noise level standards of 70 Db for Daytime (9 AM to 6 PM), 65
Db (5-9 AM) /(6-10 PM) for Morning and Evening, and 60 DB for Nighttime (10 PM to 5
AM) pursuant to the Table of Allowable Noise Level, PD 1584. On the other hand,
Residential Areas may slightly approach allowable standards of 55 Db for Daytime (9 AM
to 6 PM), 50 Db (5-9 AM) /(6-10 PM) for Morning and Evening, and 45 DB for Nighttime
(10 PM to 5 AM). Noise mitigation measures are recommended such as construction of
concrete perimeter walls as noise barriers, Enclosure of Equipment (Noise Barriers),
Maintenance schedules of equipment and transport and hauling measures among others.
Baseline and regular self-monitoring of full operation noise sampling is recommended to
validate worst case noise.

2.3.4 POTENTIAL IMPACTS AND OPTIONS FOR PREVENTION, MITIGATION AND


ENHANCEMENT

In the previous chapter, all the environmental impacts on land, water, air and people
during the construction and operational phase have been presented. All the mitigating
measures will be implemented by the company, some of which will be monitored and

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-97


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

supervised by the concerned government agencies. The cost of implementation for all the
mitigating measures will be integrated in the operational budget of the company to make
sure that the proper structures or systems are fully implemented.

Table 2-26. Key impacts and mitigation measures


Phase Occurrence

Pre-Construction

Abandonment
Construction

Operation
List of Key Impacts Discussion/Mitigation Measures

 Degradation of  Sprinkling of water on grounds to minimize dust


air quality  Daily road cleaning using the Dulevo 3000 sweeper
(vacuum type)
 Construction area to be enclosed to limit dust inside
the area.
 Tree planting inside plant compound (current total:
163 trees)
x x  Following procedures is being implemented:
- SA-WI-MM-101-53 Recuperator Cleaning &
Replacement
- Furnace Temperature Setting Standards (running &
idle settings)
- Standard Operating Procedure for Furnace Trouble
Shooting
 CCTV view for the Furnace operator for monitoring
of smoke quality from stack
 Increase in x x • Limit construction activities to daytime only
ambient noise • Construction area to be enclosed to reduce noise
level emanating from the area
• More trees will be planted along perimeters nearest
to residential area.
 High perimeter wall

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-98


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

2.4 PEOPLE

The study focuses on Barangay Bahay Pare, the direct impact barangay of the proposed
project. Meycauayan City is considered the social impact area for the proposed project.

2.4.1 METHODOLOGY

Various methods were employed in gathering information on the socio-economic


conditions of the impact barangay. These methods include review of secondary data and
conduct of perception survey.

Review of secondary data

All secondary data from concerned local government units and other relevant agencies to
craft the socioeconomic condition of the impact communities were also studied. These
include the following:

 Comprehensive Land Use Plan of Meycauayan City (1999-2004)


 Provincial Development and Physical Framework Plan (2010-2030)
 Socio-Economic Profile of Meycauayan City (2016)
 Philippine Health Statistics (2010, 2012, & 2013)

All available demographic and socio-economic secondary data in print and electronic
versions were exhausted in this study.

Perception Survey

A Perception Survey was held in the direct impact Brgy. Bahay Pare in Meycuayan City on
May 17, 2017, ensuring that different sectors in their communities are well-represented.
Individual Perception Survey Questionnaires were utilized wherein the interviewers filled
up/noted the responses of the interviewee/respondents to facilitate time and discourse.

A fixed sample number of 150 respondents was assigned for the Perception Survey.

2.4.2 RESULTS

2.4.2.1 REVIEW OF SECONDARY DATA

2.4.2.1.1 BRIEF HISTORY

During the Spanish Colonization of the country, the town of Meycauayan was established
as a settlement by a group of Spanish priests belonging to the Franciscan Order. In 1578,
its early inhabitants came into contact with Christianity. In that same year, Father Juan
de Placencia and Diego Oropesa built the first church structure, which was believed to be
made of nipa and bamboo. Common to all Spanish settlements in that period was the
adoption of a patron saint for the newly opened town. Meycauayan has St. Francis of Assisi
as the Patron Saint. It was only in 1668, however, that a concrete church structure was
erected.

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-99


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Meycauayan was then one of the largest towns in the province of Bulacan. The towns,
which fell under its political jurisdiction, were San Jose del Monte, Bocaue, Valenzuela
(formerly Polo), Obando, Marilao, Sta. Maria and Pandi. It was also regarded as the
unofficial capital of the province, being the hub of activities brought about by the
establishment of the market center and the presence of the Spanish military detachment.

During the revolution, which was set off by the execution of Dr. Jose Rizal in 1896,
Meycauayan contributed its share in the fight against the Spanish conquistadores. Among
her sons who figured prominently in the revolution were: Andres Pacheco, Ciriaco
Contreras, Guillermo Contreras, Guillermo Bonque, and Liberato Exaltacion. There were
many others who had joined the revolution and had displayed their exceptional heroism
until 1898, when the country gained its independence.

In 1949, a big fire razed the market center and several business establishments in the
town, causing setbacks to the development of the municipality. It took several years to
recover from the destruction and property losses. However, in the 1960s and early part of
1970s, new hope for the development was ushered in. Reconstruction and rehabilitation
of infrastructure facilities were made possible through the assistance of the provincial and
national governments. A more sound economic base was established and crop production
more than doubled.

On December 10, 2006, by virtue of Republic Act 9356, voters in Meycauayan ratified the
conversion of Meycauayan into a component city of Bulacan through another plebiscite. It
became the province’s third city, joining San Jose del Monte and Malolos.

Today, the city of Meycauayan has transformed into a major economic and industrial hub
in the Province of Bulacan and the rest of Region III.

2.4.2.1.2 DEMOGRAPHIC PROFILE

2.4.2.1.2.1 TOTAL POPULATION AND POPULATION DENSITY

Table 2-27 presents the total population of barangays in Meycuayan, Bulacan as of 2015.
Barangay Bahay Pare, where the project is located, compose the 5.21% of the total
population of Meycauan City. On the other hand, historical data on Barangay Pare
population show that significant increase in population happened from 2004-2010.

Table 2-27. Total population of Barangays in Meycauayan City, 2015

BARANGAY Population (August 2015) Percentage


Bagbaguin 9,281 3.79
Bahay-Pare 12,762 5.21
Bancal 16,032 6.55
Bañga 5,012 2.05
Bayugo 18,394 7.52
Caingin 5937 2.43
Calvario 6,818 2.79
Camalig 7,648 3.12
Hulo 1,959 0.80
Iba 10,921 4.46

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-100


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

BARANGAY Population (August 2015) Percentage


Langka 5,026 2.05
Lawa 11,908 4.87
Libtong 8,986 3.67
Liputan 1,885 0.77
Longos 3,912 1.60
Malhacan 25,263 10.32
Pajo 6965 2.85
Pandayan 17,693 7.23
Pantoc 11,253 4.60
Perez 18,268 7.46
Poblacion 1,791 0.73
Saluysoy 14,787 6.04
St. Francis (Gasak) 2,207 0.90
Tugatog 6,120 2.50
Ubihan 2,555 1.04
Zamora 11,380 4.65
TOTAL 244,763 100
Source: 2015-2016 Meycuayan Socio Economic Profile

Figure 2-82. Total Population of Barangay Bahay Pare from 1990-2015


Source: Meycauayan City CLUP 2004, 2010 PSA Population Census, 2015 Meycauayan Socio-economic Profile

The 1995 average household size in Meycauayan is 5.00 (rounded-off from the actual
computation of 4.715) persons. Barangays Malhacan, Pandayan, and Bancal are expected
to have the biggest increase in households in the period 1995-2004.

This is due to the significant number of squatters in Malhacan and Bancal, as well as
migrating residents in the residential subdivisions in Pandayan.

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-101


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Based on the 1995 Census of population, 86.34 percent of the municipality’s total
household population spoke Tagalog. Bicol came second with 2.73 percent and Ilocano,
third with 2.72 percent (Table 2-28).

Table 2-28. Household Population By Mother Tongue, 1990 – 2004

LANGUAGE/DIALECT 1990 1995 2004 Percent


Tagalog 106,905 118,160 153,531 86.34
Cebuano 3,261 3,604 4,683 2.63
Hiligaynon 397 439 570 0.32
Ilocano 3,363 3,717 4,830 2.72
Ibanag 229 253 329 0.18
Pampango 987 1,091 1,417 0.80
Pangasinan 718 794 1,031 0.58
Waray 2,449 2,707 3,517 1.98
Bicol 3,374 3,729 4,846 2.73
Maguindanao 166 183 238 0.13
Maranao 237 262 340 0.19
Tausug 10 11 14 0.01
Agutaynon 11 12 16 0.01
Aklanon 125 138 180 0.10
Badjao 10 11 14 0.01
Bagobo 104 115 149 0.08
Binisaya 42 46 60 0.03
Bolinao 21 23 30 0.02
Chavacano 32 35 46 0.03
Dumagat 10 11 14 0.01
Ilongot 509 563 731 0.41
Itawis 21 23 30 0.02
Isinal 20 22 29 0.02
Ivatan 52 57 75 0.04
Kinaray-a 21 23 30 0.02
Masbateño 32 35 46 0.03
Pinalawan 10 11 14 0.01
Romblon 32 35 46 0.03
Sama 11 12 16 0.01
Yakan 11 12 16 0.01
Sangil 10 11 14 0.01
Chinese 31 34 45 0.03
English 31 34 45 0.03
German 10 11 14 0.01
Japanese 40 44 57 0.03
Other Foreign Languages 11 12 16 0.01
Other Local Dialects 53 59 76 0.04
Not Stated 460 508 661 0.37
TOTAL 123,816 136,847 177,816 100.00

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-102


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Based on the 1995 Census of population, the population of Meycauayan is generally young.
The population between the ages of under 1 – 14 account for 43,413 or 31.67 percent of
the 1995 total population. On the other hand, 86,180 or 62.87 percent belong to the 15 -
64 years old age bracket and only 3,742 or 2.73 percent are in the age bracket of 65 years
old and above.

In terms of sex distribution, the females slightly outnumbered the male population as
there are 68,924 females or 50.28 percent of the municipal household population as
against 68,157 or 49.72 percent (Table 2-29).

Table 2-29. Population by age and sex group, 1990-2004

AGE BOTH SEXES MALE FEMALE


GROUP 1990 1995 2004 1990 1995 2004 1990 1995 2004
All ages 123,816 137,081 178,115 60,959 68,157 88,559 62,857 68,924 89,556
Under 1
3,582 3,746 4,867 1,816 1,943 2,420 1,766 1,803 2,447
year
1–4 12,357 13,907 18, 070 6,369 7,248 8,984 5,988 6,659 9,086
5-9 14,923 15,571 20,232 7,646 7,991 10,059 7,277 7,580 10,173
10 - 14 13,915 13,935 18,106 7,001 7,075 9,002 6,914 6,860 9,104
15 - 19 12,800 14,824 19,261 6,037 7,124 9,577 6,763 7,700 9,684
20 - 24 12,892 13,922 18,089 6,077 6,777 8,994 6,815 7,145 9,095
25 - 29 11,332 13,050 16,956 5,421 6,378 8,431 5,911 6,672 8,525
30 - 34 10,114 11,102 14,425 5,031 5,553 7,172 5,083 5,549 7,253
35 - 39 8,618 9,593 12,465 4,299 4,788 6,198 4,319 4,805 6,267
40 - 44 7,027 7,640 9,927 3,532 3,840 4,936 3,495 3,800 4,991
45 - 49 4,658 6,258 8,131 2,420 3,124 4,043 2,238 3,134 4,088
50 – 54 3,797 4,228 5,494 1,847 2,110 2,732 1,950 2,118 2,762
55 – 59 2,569 3,249 4,222 1,269 1,580 2,099 1,300 1,669 2,123
60 – 64 1,942 2,314 3,007 869 1,077 1,495 1,073 1,237 1,512
65 and
3,290 3,742 4,862 1,325 1,549 2,418 1,965 2,193 2,445
over

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-103


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Figure 2-83. Population density map of Meycauayan City, 2016

2.4.2.1.2.2 LITERACY

The municipality of Meycauayan has a high percentage of literacy by the 95.78 percent
literacy rate based on 1995 Census of population, which could be attributed to the
existence of numerous educational institutions and facilities. The same Census revealed
that out of the 119,355 population five (5) years old and over, 105,986, are literate and
only 5,038 or 4.22 percent are illiterate.

In terms of educational attainment, the 1995 population showed that of the total school
age population, 2,871 or 2.40 percent completed the pre-school level, 45,021 or 37.72
percent completed the elementary level; 38,805 or 32.51 percent finished the secondary
level; and only 13,989 or 11.72 percent reached the tertiary level. The remaining 5,038
or 4.22 percent of the total school age population account for those who have not
completed any grade at all.

2.4.2.1.2.3 HOUSING DATA

Housing needs are among the growing problems which accompanies the increasing
population in Bulacan. Although there are number of subdivisions being established in the
province that could accommodate the growing numbers of families, the problem is the
affordability and capability to avail the housing units offered in the market. In the following
table, only 0.59% of the total households were squatters in 2007.

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-104


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Table 2-30. Housing condition in Meycauayan City, 2007


Total Total occupied Makeshift / salvaged, Households who
Household housing units improvised materials are squatters
42,786 41,873 1,647 254
Source: PDPFP, 2010-2030

2.4.2.1.3 CULTURE AND LIFESTYLE

Bulacan is home to various famous festivals and events such as


(www.govisitphilippines.com):

1. Sto. Niño Festival (held during Last Sunday of January)


2. Carabao Festival (held from May 14-15)
3. Obando Fertility Dance (held from May 17 to 19)
4. Linggo ng Bulakan (held during September 8 to 15)
5. Calumpit Libad Festival (held during June 23 to 24)
6. Plaridel Horse Festival (held during December 29 to 30)
7. Sto. Niño Festival (held during Last Sunday of January)
8. Carabao Festival (held from May 14-15)
9. Obando Fertility Dance (held from May 17 to 19)
10. Linggo ng Bulakan (held during September 8 to 15)
11. Calumpit Libad Festival (held during June 23 to 24)
12. Plaridel Horse Festival (held during December 29 to 30)

Meycauayan (Tagalog for “where bamboos thrive”) is known not only for its bamboo
products but especially its high-end cottage industries: jewelry, especially gold filigree;
leather, from the oldest tannery in the country. (Source:
http://lifestyle.inquirer.net/216845/why-bulacan-is-the-culture-capital-of-the-
philippines)

2.4.2.1.4 PHYSICAL CULTURAL RESOURCES

Minimal number of sources were found regarding the cultural properties and archaeological
finds in Meycauayan City. Most of the sources about 40 years ago however indicate finds
in Bulacan province.

The following discussion on archaeological finds in Bulacan are lifted from the journal
Philippine Studies: The beginning of Filipino Society and Culture 3.

Philippine Pleistocene tools

“In the Philippines, the earliest surviving tools of ancient man consist of big, crudely
worked choppers. The materials used for making these implements were flint, quartz, and
chalcedony. In spite of their typological similarity to some dated tools found in. Indonesia
and neighboring countries, the Philippine tools have not been dated with certainty.

3
Jocano, F. L. (1967). The beginning of Filipino Society and Culture. Philippine Studies vol. 15, no. 1 (1967): 9–40

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-105


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

First, most of the tools were surface finds brought to Manila by ditch diggers, farmers, and
mining prospectors. Only rarely was controlled excavation of any kind made or any steps
taken to do in situ analysis of the geological-artifactual association. Second, the
archeological work carried out in the Rizal, Bulacan, and Batangas areas was almost
entirely exploration and survey work, in which different sites were examined with almost
no systematic digging.”

Early New Stone Age

“Tool types. The first known type of implements during the New Stone Age includes
roughly flaked tools with ground blades or cutting edges. This type has been called the
Bacsonian, a type-classification derived from the name of the place where this Ionn was
first recognized and identified, the Bacson Massif of Indo-China. Older scholars call these
tools pmbneoliths ("before the neoliths" or polished stone tools). They are found mostly
in Bataan, Rizal, and Bulacan provinces. The body of this tool type is not polished.”

On the other hand, the following discussions are lifted from the article The Philippines:
Archaeology in the Philippines to 19504:

“Beyer further stated that in 1923-1924 he attempted a compilation of all known data on
true Philippine stone-age finds, and after a diligent search through the literature, as well
as an examination of all rumored finds, he was able finally to accumulate data on some
sixty implements that seemed to be genuine prehistoric stone-age artifacts. Of these, he
acquired or personally examined about thirty real neolithic implements, scattered over a
wide geographic range from Davao to northern Luzon. Most of these tools were obviously
middle or late neolithic in type, but they were sufficient to show that the Philippines had a
true late stone-age population here, even if the remains were scarce and widely scattered.

Such was the atmosphere, according to Walter Miles (1952: 41), when a turning point
came toward the end of 1925. Construction work had already begun on the Novaliches
Dam in Rizal Province, and the Novaliches site, that started the Rizal-Bulacan
Archaeological Survey, was discovered by accident. Early in 1926 workmen erecting a
house found a glass bracelet and a few beads. Not long afterwards, when ground was
being levelled for a garage shed, a nest of iron weapons was uncovered containing a
considerable quantity of pottery sherds and several dozen beads. It was then that W. S.
Boston, general foreman of the dam project, notified the Bureau of Science and Beyer of
the University of the Philippines. Subsequent investigation and reconnaissance of the site
confirmed the find of ancient burials and habitations.

Further excavations were carried out intermittently until the middle of 1930 to include a
narrow strip inside Bulacan Province. Actually, the collecting activities by Beyer's field
assistants continued beyond this year. Altogether, a total of 120 sites was surveyed, and
in five years of work the collection totalled nearly half a million specimens (Beyer 1947:
231). The magnitude of the survey was highlighted by the fact that it disclosed relics from
all the horizons of the prehistoric ages of man.

In addition to the extensive surveys mentioned above, Beyer carried out collecting
activities in other Philippine areas, briefly enumerated as follows (Beyer 1947: 207): (1)

4
Evangelista, A. E. (1960). The Philippines: Archaeology in the Philippines to 1950. Retrieved July 21, 2017 from
https://www.google.com.ph/url?sa=t&rct=j&q=&esrc=s&source=web&cd=2&cad=rja&uact=8&ved=0ahUKEwiKiaurgZrVAhVEk5QKHWc7DZ0QFggrM
AE&url=https%3A%2F%2Ffanyv88.com%3A443%2Fhttp%2Fhl-128-171-57-22.library.manoa.hawaii.edu%2Fbitstream%2F10125%2F16798%2F1%2FAP-v12n1-97-
104.pdf&usg=AFQjCNHOnMbBFkeGDb32_IuMnOQaVtd2fA

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-106


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Visayan Islands collection, 1929-1930, 1936-1939, 1941, especially; (2) special Pugad-
Babuy (Bulacan) collection, 1933-1938; (3) special Sta. Mesa and Cubao collections, Rizal
Province, 1935-1940; (4) several other collections at intermediate intervals, particularly
Pampanga, Camarines Norte, Cavite, Zambales, Sulu, and other places.

The aforementioned archaeological activities have brought to light an appreciable body of


information clearly establishing the fact that man is ancient in the Philippines. Evidence
has been accumulated that points to cultural stages or horizons extending from mid-
Pleistocene times (some 250,000 years ago) to the arrival of the Spaniards in the
sixteenth century. Acknowledgment must be made to the patient workers in the disciplines
ofgeology, zoology, and palaeontology. It was, for example, the diligent researches by
Ralph von Koenigswald on pleistocene man and mammalian fauna in Java that brought
him to the Philippines. At the sites worked by Beyer in Rizal and Bulacan, Koenigswald
recognized certain implements similar both in material and workmanship to the Java
(Sangiran) types. These finds were closely associated with mid-pleistocene stegodon
fossils and a number of whole tektites-"curious black balls, cylinders, and fragments of a
strange natural glass...." Until this discovery, naturalists and writers had assumed that
the larger Asiatic mammals never reached these shores and that this fact argued strongly
against there having been any land bridges connecting the Philippines with the continent
during Late Tertiary and Pleistocene times (Beyer 1955: 3).”

2.4.2.1.5 SOCIO-ECONOMIC PROFILE


2.4.2.1.5.1 SOCIO-ECONOMIC CONDITION

Year 1968 when Meycauayan was considered like a first class municipality because of the
existence of many industries in the area aside from farming and fishing as ordinary source
of living in the region.

As the municipality prospers, traditional industries faced new challenges—fine jewelry


making, blacksmith, fancy jewelries, wooden shoe making (which is constantly declining),
adobe stone quarrying, and its major industry, leather tanning.

Currently, Meycauayan has only 27 big leather tanning companies, which is a drastic
reduction in number due to problems posed by scarcity of raw hide and the high cost of
leather chemicals which is mostly imported from other countries.

However, employment, being one of the major sources of income of the populace, showed
data increase from 44,396 based on 1990 Census to 53,660 based on 1998 projection,
with 4.17 percent as annual employment growth rate.

2.4.2.1.5.2 EMPLOYMENT

Above 15 years old are the economically active population who are seeking for work or
who are working. Meycauayan’s working age population in 1990 and 1995 were 75,749
and 86,180, respectively.

In 1995, the town’s labor force participation rate is 60.06%, lower than the provincial rate
of 63.40%.

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-107


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

The 2004 expected working age population is 111,977. With the projected 60.06% labor
force participation rate, the 2004 labor is estimated at 67,256. If the employment grows
to be 94.80%, the projected employed labor force would be 63,757.

Table 2-31. Labor and Employment Data in Meycauayan City 1990-2004


2004
Item 1990 Census 1995
Projection
1. Total Population 123,982 137,081 178,115
Working Age Population > 15 years of
2. 75,749 86,180 111,977
age
3. Labor Force Participation Rate 61.82 60.06 60.06
4. Labor Force 46,831 51,762 67,256
5. Employment Rate 94.80 94.80 94.80
6. Employed Labor Force 44,396 49,073 63,757

2.4.2.1.5.3 AGRICULTURE

Meycauayan has a total land area of 3,210.0 hectares. Of these, only 371.3 hectares or
11.57 percent of the total land area of the municipality, are devoted to agriculture. The
seemingly dwindling agricultural land can be attributed to the rapid urbanization and
industrialization of Meycauayan, which had led to the conversion of a sizable area of
agricultural land to residential, commercial and industrial uses.

Palay being the principal crop is cultivated in unirrigated and partially irrigated field with
a total area of 336.65 hectares. Other agricultural crops having a share of 24.75 hectares
include corn, leafy vegetable/fruit, and root crops. Irrigation facilities are available in some
areas.

In 1997, palay production is placed at 91.49 cavans per hectare. On the other hand, the
production yield of fruit trees and other crops are recorded as follows: mango – 1,160.15;
atis – 93.65; corn – 5.5; banana – 62.75; guyabano – 70.80; caimito – 157.50; avocado
– 133.35; papaya – 138.40; langka – 109.90; tieza – 70.00; guava – 67.50; leafy
vegetables – 60.00; fruit vegetables – 75.00; and rootcrops – 195.00 (Table 2-32).

Table 2-32. Area planted and volume of production

AREA
CROPS PRODUCTION
(IN HECTARES)
Palay (Rainfed and irrigated) 336.650 91.49 cavans/hectare
Fruits 29.200 1,520.70 metric tons
Mango 11.950 1,160.15 metric tons
Atis 1.121 93.65 metric tons
Banana 13.760 62.75 metric tons
Guyabano 0.965 70.80 metric tons
Avocado 1.404 133.35 metric tons
Corn 2.750 5.50 metric tons
Leafy Vegetables 4.000 60.00 metric tons
Fruit Vegetables 5.000 75.00 metric tons

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-108


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

AREA
CROPS PRODUCTION
(IN HECTARES)
Rootcrops 13.000 195.00 metric tons
TOTAL 390.600

2.4.2.1.5.4 TRADE AND INDUSTRIES

In 1998, Meycauayan has three thousand five hundred forty-one (3,541) commercial
establishments. Of this number, sari-sari stores constitute the highest number with 435
followed by general merchandise with 280 and retailer (miscellaneous) with 264.

Most of these establishments are located within the Central Business District, which covers
the whole barangays Poblacion, Banga and Calvario and portion of barangays Bancal,
Saluysoy, and Malhacan.

The municipality has one (1) public market, two (2) private markets, eight (8)
supermarkets/convenient stores, and five (5) flea markets located at barangays Tugatog,
Pandayan (2), Malhacan, and Perez (Sto. Niño).

The area along MacArthur Highway is a favorite spot for movie houses, refreshment parlors
and department stores, among others.

The proximity of Meycauayan to Metropolitan Manila has made it an ideal place for business
sectors to invest in manufacturing endeavors within the vicinity of the municipality.

As of 1998, the number of establishments involved in manufacturing/industrial activities


totaled 709. Jewelry shops numbering 107 dominated the manufacturing sector. On the
industrial group, 60 firms engaged in tanneries to which the town is very well known
especially during the early days when hide preservation was still crude.

The following table presents the trade and industries present in Meycauayan City as of
2016. As observed, Apartments has the highest number followed by general merchandise.

Table 2-33. Trade and industries in Meycauayan (2016)


CATEGORY TOTAL
I. AGRICULTURE-RELATED BUSINESS
a. Agricultural Equipment and Supplies 3
b. Feeds dealer/retailer 8
c. Fertilizer dealer/retailer 2
d. Poultry supply 6
e. Poultry/Livestock farm 2
f. Seed dealer 1
g. Slaughterhouse 1
h. Warehouse 38
II. COMPUTER/ELECTRONICS/CELLPHONES/GADGETS
a. Cellphone store 2
b. Cellphone shop, repair and accessories 14
c. Computer shop/ICT parts-sales 4
d. Electronic center/supplies 6
e. Internet shop/on-line gaming 16
f. Prepaid cards retailer/reloading station 9

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-109


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

CATEGORY TOTAL
III. CONSTRUCTION-RELATED TRADING AND SERVICES
a. Aluminum and glass supplies 7
b. Construction-contractors/developers 49
c. Construction supplies/concrete products 11
d. Drilling/excavations/septic services 1
e. Engineering services 3
f. Gravel and sand supplier 13
g. Hardware/electrical supplies 42
h. Home improvement/ Interior decorating 13
i. Lumber supplies 11
j. Paint center/retailer 5
k. Plumbing services 7
l. Real estate developer/broker 30
m. Roofing supplies and services 1
n. Tile center/ceramic shop 9
IV. FOOD AND BEVERAGE
a. Bakeshop/bread products retailer 41
b. Cakes/candies/chocolates/pastries retailer 16
c. Carinderia/eatery/barbecue house 42
d. Catering services 6
e. Egg dealer/retailer 1
f. Fast food/burger stand 35
g. Food and drinks retailer 33
h. Fruits and vegetables retailer 9
i. Ice cream/frozen products retailer 6
j. Ice dealer/retailer 2
k. KTV/restobar 11
l. Lechon (manok/baka/baboy) retailer 17
m. liquor/beverage delivery services 12
n. Meat shop/dressed chicken retailer 29
o. Pizza parlor 11
p. Processed food/processed meat retailer 16
q. Restaurant 34
r. Rice dealer/retailer 15
s. Water refilling station 56
V. HEALTH AND PERSONAL CARE SERVICES
a. Dental clinic 17
b. Dermatological clinic 6
c. Diagnostic clinic 6
d. Lying-in clinic 7
e. Medical clinic 25
f. Medical laboratory 1
g. Multi-specialty clinic 3
h. Optical clinic 10
i. Private hospital 5
j. Veterinary clinic/products and services 9
VI. MERCHANDISER/RETAILER
a. Acetylene/Oxygen/industrial gas dealer 20
b. Appliance dealer/retailer 9
c. Buy and sell/trading 134
d. Convenience store 5

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-110


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

CATEGORY TOTAL
e. Drugstore/pharmacy 52
f. Dry goods 12
g. Fire extinguisher dealer 3
h. Firearms/ammunition dealer/retailer 1
i. Furniture shop 12
j. General Merchandise 166
k. Glassware retailer 1
l. Grocery store 23
m. Home decor shop/antique shop 4
n. Industrial products retailer 21
o. Junkshop/scrap materials-buy&sell 48
p. Money changer 8
q. Plastic ware retailer 22
r. Retail store/shop 1
s. Sari-sari store 63
t. School and office supplies 15
u. Soap and detergent retailer 4
v. Bags and footwear store 27
VII. PERSONAL STORE AND SERVICES
a. Beauty parlor/barber shop/facial and body care salon 35
b. Flower shop 2
c. Garments/upholstery services 29
d. Gift shop/toy retailer/bazaar 9
e. Jewelry shop/store/repair 89
f. Laundry shop 13
g. Party/wedding planning services 8
h. Perfume retailer 2
i. RTW retailer 25
j. Spa and massage parlor 11
k. Tailoring services 4
VIII. PRINT-RELATED BUSINESS
a. Printing press/printing services/publishing 38
IX. PROFESSIONAL SERVICES
a. Accounting firms 161
b. Consultancy services 32
c. Funeral parlor/services 5
d. Law office/Notary public 6
e. Manpower services/job placement agency 29
f. Marketing services 49
g. Pest control srevices 1
h. Refrigiration/aircon/appliance repair services 2
i. Schools/learning centers 44
j. Security services 12
k. Watch center/repair 4
l. Welding shop 13
m. Woodcrafts/iron works 15
X. RECREATIONAL FACILITIES
a. Amusement/gaming facilities 14
b. Cocokpit arena 1
c. Fitness gym 7
d. Function hall/clubhouse 5

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-111


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

CATEGORY TOTAL
e. Lottery outlet 3
f. Music Studio/Recording 1
g. Resort 5
XI. TRANSPORT-RELATED TRADING AND SERVICES
a. Auto supply/car and jeep parts and accessories 18
b. Auto-repair shop 23
c. Car wash services 3
d. Fabrication/machine shop 32
e. Gasoline Station 42
f. Hauling services 4
g. Motor works 7
h. Motorcycle/car dealer/sales 29
i. Motorcycle/bicycle parts and supplies 23
j. Surplus spare parts retailer 1
k. Tire/battery supply 9
l. Trucking services 49
m. Vulcanizing shop 6
XII. UTILITY SERVICES/FACILITIES
a. Apartment 285
b. Cable TV service provider 3
c. Electric/power company 11
d. Express mail/mailing services 2
e. Hotel/lodging house 6
f. Market/supermarket 3
g. Memorial park services 5
h. Telecommunications company 4
i. Waste management services 1
j. Water utility company 5
Source: 2015-2016 Socio-Economic Profile of Meycauayan City

2.4.2.1.6 BASIC SERVICES

2.4.2.1.6.1 POWER SUPPLY

There are no firms engaged in gas generation in Bulacan while the National Power
Corporation (NAPOCOR) is the only firm engaged in power generation. It generates power
through the hydropower plant in Angat Dam for distribution by the utility companies or
cooperatives like the Manila Electric Company (MERALCO). Currently, there are thirteen
(13) MERALCO substations in the Province.

2.4.2.1.6.2 PEACE AND ORDER

The crime statistics in the province of Bulacan based on the historical data from 1996 to
2008 has shown a decreasing trend. In 2008, the Average Monthly Crime Rate (AMCR)
recorded at 2.7 or about three occurrences of crimes per 100,000 population, was the
lowest rate for the past 12 years.

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-112


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Figure 2-84. Average Monthly Crime Rate (per 100,000 population)


Source: PDPFP, 2010-2030

The average monthly crime rate in Bulacan at 2.7 crime incidents for every 100,000
population was below the regional and national rate of 4.89 and 6.28 respectively. This
favorable rate of the province may be attributed to the effective operations of the
Philippine National Police and with the aid of the collective vigilance of the people.

Figure 2-85. Comparative average monthly crime rate

Most crimes reported in the province were Non Index Crimes. These are crimes involving
non-aggravated offenses. Based on the Crime Volume Distribution, the City of San Jose
Del Monte has the highest number of registered index crime in 2008 with 63 cases.

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-113


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Index Crimes, on the other hand, are classified as serious and intense assaults. In 2008,
the Meycauayan City has the most number of reported cases with 62.

 Crimes Against Women and Children - Based on the implementing rules and
regulations of RA 9262 or Anti-Violence against Women and their Children, it is the
duty and responsibility of the LGU to establish programs that would educate the
public on the nature, causes, incidence, and consequences of such violence in order
to prevent it from happening. In relation to this, the Provincial Government of
Bulacan has been implementing programs such as counselling for abused women
and children and referral to different agencies that could provide further assistance.
The province has also extended financial assistance to women and children who
were abused. For the past three years, the reported crimes against women and
children gradually decreased. Majority of the crimes committed against women and
children was in the form of sexual violence which includes rape, sexual harassment,
acts of lasciviousness, etc. Despite the decrease in the number of reported crimes,
this concern still needs to be addressed to effectively protect the welfare of women
and children in the province.
 Drug-related Cases - The problem on illegal drugs still exists in the province. The
most common violation involves selling of illegal drugs, possession of illegal drugs
and drug paraphernalia, drug use, and maintenance of drug den. Based on the
report of the Bulacan Provincial Police Office (BPPO), the number of persons
arrested has declined for the past three years. However, it cannot determine
whether the decrease was due to the reduction of violators or otherwise.

On the other hand, the number of detainees in the Bulacan Provincial Jail and Tanglaw
Pag-asa Juvenile Center were 963 and five (5), respectively. The problem on illegal drugs
needs proper intervention because it has great impact on the peace and order condition
of a locality. Nevertheless the PGB is providing financial assistance to support the
rehabilitation expenses incorporated in the indigency assistance program.

Police force

The continuous growth of population corresponds to the need to increase the number of
police force as well. However, the need for additional police officers has not been satisfied
due to the scarcity of police officers available for deployment. With the standard ratio of
one police officer for every 1,000 population, the current ratio of police against the
population in 2009 is one police for every 3,012 population. Hence the police force backlog
in the province will be 1,713, if measured against the 2007 Census of population
(2,826,926) by NSO.

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-114


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Table 2-34. Population by police force by municipality, Bulacan (2009)

2.4.2.1.6.3 EDUCATION FACILITIES

The literacy rate in the province exhibited a decreasing trend from 1990 to 2000 surveys.
The 97.6 percent literacy rate in 1994 has decreased by almost 2 percentage points in
2000 (95.87). Thus, one out of 10 of the population basically cannot read and write.
Although it remains to be above the average norm, the remarkable deterioration of the
literacy rate should not be disregarded.

Among the provinces in Central Luzon, Bulacan has been the highest in terms of literacy
rate in 1990. However the results of the 1994 and 2000 surveys did not maintain its
standing which exhibited the decreasing rates on all of the seven provinces in the region.
Despite the decline, Bulacan ranked second in the region with 95.87 percent, which is four
percent higher than the literacy rate of the country at 92.3 percent in 2000.

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-115


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Figure 2-86. Location of higher educational institutions in Bulacan

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-116


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

2.4.2.1.6.4 TRANSPORTATION

Road condition and level of service in bulacan5

The road condition of NLEx is still very good as it goes through rehabilitation just
last 2005.

The current level of service is almost 33 percent better than the previous level of
service.

The Manila North Road runs from Caloocan to Bulacan to far north of Laoag and
La Union. The heavy traffic in the said area is considered a major hindrance to
increasing economic activities and fast transportation of people and commodities
in the province and the region.

The proposed widening of the McArthur Highway, which stretches from Caloocan
City to La Union, should speed up travel time from about four hours to two hours
in the whole stretch of the road. The road-widening project would increase the
road lanes to four, with each measuring 3.5 meters wide. The road will also have
shoulders of 1.5 meters wide. If the project is implemented, it would surely bring
convenience to the population of Bulacan downward to La Union. This project is
expected to bring faster travel time and to be able to buy cheaper vegetables and
other farm products from Central Luzon and Baguio.

Several bus companies have set a stop-over in Bulacan by constructing their


respective bus terminals for longer distance passenger service. These bus
companies are operating with daily trips from Bulacan to different destinations in
Metro Manila and vice-versa. At present, there are nine (9) municipalities, which
play host to these bus companies, the City of San Jose Del Monte has the most
number of terminals with 6 private bus companies.

The main bus lines of Victory Liner and Baliwag Transit that originate from their
main terminals in Manila, Pasay, and Quezon City and travel northward to cities
and towns in Pampanga, Tarlac, and Zambales, pass through Bulacan via the
Tabang exit and Pulilan Exit. Next Table shows the bus terminals in Bulacan.

It is striking to note that, there is no Bus Terminal in City of Malolos, which is


supposed to be the center of business in Bulacan and where the provincial
government is located. However, there are terminals in Hagonoy and Balagtas,
which are considerably near City of Malolos.

In terms of fishports, the municipality of Hagonoy, have 7 fishports, 6 are private


while 1 is public which serve as means for transporting people and are used for

5
Provincial Development and Physical Framework Plan of Bulacan (2010-2030)

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-117


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

fishlandings. These fishports are located in Barangay Sto. Nino and San Nicolas.
There are also fishports in City of Malolos which is specifically located in Barangay
Panasahan; in Paombong which is specifically located in Barangay San Jose; and
in Obando which is specifically located in Barangay Paliwas. These ports have one
public fishport each. However, the ports' capacity is limited such that most of
these respond to fish landing requirements of the coastal municipalities.

Internal circulation, routes and facilities

Another principal roads passing through the province are the Manila North Road
which runs across the province from Meycauayan City to the town of Calumpit and
the Maharlika Highway which connects the province to other parts of Central
Luzon. These roads are commonly used for internal circulation or from town to
town travel of Bulakenos.

Public transportation within the province is facilitated mostly using inexpensive


jeepneys and buses while tricycles are used for short distances.

The Philippine jeepney pass through the major thoroughfares of Bulacan. Various
routes from different municipalities provide the province with easy access to the
other cities and municipalities. The best way to go on short distances is by
motorized tricycles or pedal-powered pedicabs.

Moving around Bulacan by land is easy with national highways connecting the
major roads and an extensive public transportation system, which includes buses,
jeepneys, and tricycles, which are the main modes of public transportation.
Intertown travel of short distances is provided within the town with jeepneys and
motorized tricycles.

Aside from the overall road network, through a motor operated banca, Bulakenos also
used the river system of the province as a means of transportation. This is present in the
coastal towns including Paombong, Hagonoy, Meycauayan City, Bocaue, Bulacan, City of
Malolos, and Calumpit. To be able to reach their desired destination, the river system is
accessible to these municipalities. The rivers provide access to the different towns in
Bulacan and are utilized by the town people.

Roads

The road network and bridges of Meycauayan City (2016) is presented in the
following tables.

Table 2-35. Road network in Meycauayan City (2016)


Length By Type of Pavement (KM)
Classification Concrete Asphalt Gravel Earth TOTAL
National 10.100 kms. 5.750 kms. 3.000 kms. - 18.850 Kms.

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-118


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Length By Type of Pavement (KM)


Classification Concrete Asphalt Gravel Earth TOTAL
Provincial 9.060 kms. 2.150 kms. 0.350 kms. - 11.560 Kms.
City 92.440 kms. 0.930 kms. 0.355 kms. - 20.785 Kms.
Barangay 58.250 kms. 3.220 kms. 19.245 kms. 1.7000 kms. 82.415 Kms.
TOTAL 169.850 kms. 12.0500 kms. 22.9500 kms. 1.7000 kms. 133.61 Kms.
Source: 2015-2016 Socio-Economic Profile of Meycauayan City

Bridges (Along National and Provincial Roads)

Table 2-36. Length of existing bridges


Classification
Name / Location Length (lm)
(Concrete, Steel, Bailey or Wooden)
MacArthur Bridge - Bañga Concrete 74.60
Meyc. Bridge - Poblacion Concrete 59.00
Source: 2015-2016 Socio-Economic Profile of Meycauayan City

2.4.2.1.6.5 COMMUNICATION

As presented in the following tables, Meycauayan is equipped with various types of


communication.

Table 2-37. Telegraph / Telex Station


Name of Facilities Maintained/Services Contact
Location Address
Company Operated Offered Person
RCPI Calvario Telephone/Fax Computer
Western Union Roselyn Calvario
Payment Libantao
center
Source: 2015-2016 Socio-Economic Profile of Meycauayan City

Table 2-38. Express Mail Courier


Name of Company Location Contact Person Address
LBC Express Central Luzon, Inc. Calvario Carlos Araneta MacArthur Hi-way
LBC Express Central Luzon, Inc. Malhacan Carlos Araneta Malhacan Road
LBC Express Central Luzon, Inc. Camalig Carlos Araneta El Camino Rd., Sto. Nino
JRS Express Bus. Corp. Saluysoy Maximiano Mendoza MacArthrur Hiway
Wide Wide World Exprress Corp. Calvario Rodolfo Reliciano Maristel Arcade, MacArthur
Hway, Calvario
Source: 2015-2016 Socio-Economic Profile of Meycauayan City

Table 2-39. Telephone System

Name of Company Location Cell Sites Contact Person Address


Digital Telecommunications Evelyn Cruz Saluysoy
Philippines, Inc. (DIGITEL)
Radio City Telephone Company Arnold Papa Abangan Sur, Marilao
(RACITEL)
Digitel Mobile Phils., Inc. Brgy. Miles T. Chua 535 R. Valera Cmpd
Bayugo

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-119


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Digitel Mobile Phils., Inc. Brgy.


Caingin
Smart Communications, Inc. Brgy. Salvio S. Lot 7 B102 LVSN
Camalig Valenzuela Phase 3C
Smart Communications, Inc. Brgy. -
Camalig
Globe Telecom Brgy. Florencio R. 713 Yakal St.,Bancal
Bancal . Santiago Ext.
Globe Telecom Brgy.
Poblacion
Globe Telecom Brgy. Pajo Jose Camaria Road 2, Pajo
Globe Telecom Brgy. Lawa
Globe Telecom Brgy. James Francisco 138 Fabre St.
Bahay-Pare
Source: 2015-2016 Socio-Economic Profile of Meycauayan City

2.4.2.1.6.6 WATER SUPPLY

Bulacan has sourced its domestic water from the underground through the twenty-two
(22) water districts, seventeen (17) Rural Waterworks and Sanitation Association (RWSA),
water refilling stations, and public/private deep and shallow wells.

Approximately, the water districts can only cover more than half of the population. The
rest of the population is supplied with potable water by the other abovementioned sources.
In terms of water tariff, the Meycauayan City and Obando water districts have higher rates
compared to the other water districts in the province and even in Central Luzon. This is
because the treated bulk water needed by the two (2) water districts is supplied by
Maynilad Water Services, Inc. compared to the other water districts, which directly sourced
their raw water from the underground.

The source of water supply of Meycauayan City is the Meycauayan Water District that
caters 19 barangays. On the other hand, Barangay Bahay Pare and other barangays are
being served by the Crystal Liquid Phils., Inc. by 2,157 households.

Table 2-40. Water Utility Service Providers, 2014


Name of Ave. Monthly
No. of
Water Utility SC Consumption
Location Service Area Pop’n.
Service Billed per Capita (cu.
Served
Provider m.)
Meycauayan Poblacion 1. Bagbaguin/(Sto.
Water District Niño Phase 5)
2. Bancal
3. Banga
4. Bayugo
Northville 3 – Bayugo
5. Caingin
6. Calvario
7. Hulo
8. Iba
9. Lawa (Meyland
Subdivisions)
10. Langka
11. Libtong

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-120


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Name of Ave. Monthly


No. of
Water Utility SC Consumption
Location Service Area Pop’n.
Service Billed per Capita (cu.
Served
Provider m.)
12. Longos
13. Malhacan
(inclusive of St.
Francis P2 – Annex)
14. Pandayan
(inclusive of St.
Michael and St.
Francis Subd.)
15. Pantoc (incl. La
Brezza)
16. Poblacion
17. Saluysoy
18. St. Francis (Gasak)
18. Tugatog
19. Zamora
Crystal Liquid Pantoc Brgy. Pantoc, Camalig, 2,157
Phils., Inc. Bahay-Pare, Pajo, Hhs
Perez, Portion of Sitio
Mane
Source: 2015-2016 Socio-Economic Profile of Meycauayan City

Table 2-41. Households (HH) with access to safe water, 2008


HH with HH
access without
Household Level I Level III % %
to safe access to
water safe water
49,561 9,913 39,648 49561 100 - -
Source: PDPFP, 2010-2030

2.4.2.1.7 HEALTH AND SANITATION

Based on the following table, 50 tons of garbage volume are being collected every day in
Meycauayan City. The Materials Recovery & Composting Facility of the city is located in
Pajo with 4.3 hectares total area.

Table 2-42. Garbage disposal in Meycauayan City, 2016


Type of Waste No. of Garbage Collection Monthly Daily Volume
Location Area
Facility Truck Schedule Garbage Fee of Garbage
Materials Recovery
& Composting Pajo 4.3 has. 8 (City owned) daily 50 tons per day
-
Facility
Source: 2015-2016 Socio-Economic Profile of Meycauayan City

Table 2-43. Mortality in Meycauayan City, 2010-2013


Total Infant Fetal Maternal
Year Livebirths
deaths Deaths Deaths Deaths
2010 3,149 1,032 71 14 1
2012 4,002 1,250 80 25 0

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-121


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

2013 3,855 1,273 79 14 3


Source: 2010-2013 Philippine Health Statistics, Department of Health

Table 2-44. Number and Causes of death in Meycauayan City, 2013


Selected Causes of Death Number
Intestinal Infectious Disease 3
TB All forms 74
Septicemia 13
Rabies 1
Dengue 2
HIV Disease 1
Malignant Neoplasm 93
Malignant Neoplasm of the Trachea, Bronchus and Lung 30
Malignant Neoplasm of Breast 33
Leukemia 6
Diabetes 73
Nutritional Deficiency 8
Diseases of the Heart 308
Cerebro Vascular Disease 130
Pneumonia 105
Chronic Lower Respiratory Disease 53
Gastric, Duodenal and Peptic Ulcer 8
Liver Disease 19
Acute Pancreatitis 6
Nephritis, Nephrotic Syndrome & Nephrosis 37
Cond. originating in the perinatal pd. 38
Congenital Anomalies 12
Transport Accidents 8
Accidental drowning and submersion 2
Assault 25
Other causes of death 185
Source: 2013 Philippine Health Statistics, Department of Health

2.4.2.2 PERCEPTION SURVEY

The survey was divided into three major components, namely (1) Socio-Demographic
Profile of respondents (2) Disaster Response and (3) Perception on the proposed project.

2.4.2.2.1 DEMOGRAPHIC PROFILE OF RESPONDENTS

Gender

The respondents were composed of 22% male and 78% female.

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-122


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Male
22%

Female
78%

Figure 2-87. Gender of respondents

Age

Most of the respondents interviewed were in the 20-40 age group (55%); followed by the
41-60 age group (36%); with only 2% exceeding the age of 71.

7% 2%

20-40
41-60
36% 55% 61-70
71+

Figure 2-88. Age of the Respondents

Birth Place

As observed in Figure 2-89, 38% of the people interviewed were born in the barangay
they lived in today. 36% are migrants from Luzon, from Visayas (23%), and Mindanao
(3%).

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-123


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

45

40 38
36
35

30

25 23

20

15

10

5 3

-
Here Luzon Visayas Mindanao

Figure 2-89. Place of Birth of Respondents

Civil Status

Seventy-nine percent (79%) of the total respondents interviewed are married.

3% 2%

16%

Single
Married
Widower
Separated

79%

Figure 2-90. Civil Status of Respondents

Religion

Ninety-three percent (93%) of the total respondents interviewed are Roman Catholic
practitioners.

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-124


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

4%
3%

Catholic
INC
Protestant

93%

Figure 2-91. Religion of Respondents

Ethnicity

No respondent answered that they are a part of an Indigenous People’s Group.

Settlement History

Thirty-three percent (33%) of the total respondents have resided in the Barangay for 1-
10 years already. Moreover, approximately 20% of the total respondents have been living
in the barangay for 11-20 years.

4%

14% 1 to 10
11 to 20
33%
21 to 30
6%
31 to 40
41 to 50
14% 51 to 60
< 61

11%
20%

Figure 2-92. Years of Residence in the Barangay

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-125


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

2.4.2.2.2 SOCIO-ECONOMIC PROFILE OF RESPONDENTS

Income, Livelihood and Employment

The majority primary means of living is from salary work (52%), followed by business with
18%. Only 2% of the respondents answered farming as their primary source of livelihood.
Seventy-two percent (72%) of the respondents stated that the husband is the primary
earner in the household while Thirty percent (30%) has the wife as the primary earner.

Others 13

Business 18

Contractual Job 11

Salary 52

Farming 2

- 10 20 30 40 50 60

Figure 2-93. Main Source of Livelihood of Respondents

Male Relative 1

Daughter 6

Son 12

Wife 30

Husband 72

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80

Figure 2-94. Primary earner in the household

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-126


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

The monthly poverty threshold for a family of five, according to NSO, is an average income
of P8,022 per month. This amount is enough to cover a single family’s basic food and non-
food needs. Poverty threshold refers to the minimum income a family or individual must
earn in order to be considered “not poor”.

In Figure 2-95, it is observed that 57% of the respondents earn at most 1,000 to 4,999
pesos per month. Moreover, 29% indicated that their monthly income is 5,000 to 9,999
pesos while only 15% of the respondents claim that they receive higher than the poverty
threshold. Hence, more than 80% of the interviewed respondents are classified as “poor”.

> 20,000 4

15,000 to 20,000 4

10,000 to 14,999 7

5,000 to 9,999 29

1,000 to 4,999 57

0 10 20 30 40 50 60

Figure 2-95. Monthly income of respondents

Housing Condition

Forty-six percent (46%) own their land, 6% are tenants only, and 34% renting. On the
other hand, 62% of respondents planted vegetables as well as banana, and root crops.

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-127


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Landholding Status
50 46
45
40
34
35
30
25
20
15
10 6
5
5
-
Owner Tenant Renting Others

Figure 2-96. Landholding Status of Respondents

70
62
60

50

40

30
21
20
14
10
10

0
Vegetables Banana Camote Others

Figure 2-97. Major Crops of Respondents

Educational Attainment

Largest percentage (52%) of the respondents are High School graduates followed by
Elementary graduates (27%).

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-128


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

1%
14%

27% None
6%
Elementary

High School

Vocational

College

52%

Figure 2-98. Educational attainment of respondents

Health Profile

For the previous year, 61% of the respondents have at least one of their household
members who got ill. Fever and Upper Respiratory combined are the most prevalent in the
area, with 39% and 27% respectively. Majority (63%) of the respondents stated that the
primary source of treatment for such illnesses in the household was in the Barangay Health
Center.

70
61
60

50

40

30 27

20

10
5 5
2
0
1 2 3 4 5

Figure 2-99. Number of household members who got ill (for the previous year)

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-129


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

45
39
40

35

30 27
25
20
20

15
9
10
5
5

0
High Blood Diarrhea Upper Fever Others
Respiratory

Figure 2-100. Common illness in the barangay

70
63
60

50

40

30
19
20 15

10
2 2
0
House Health Center Barangay Health Private Clinic Others
Worker

Figure 2-101. Source of treatment for illness of respondents

Environmental Health and Sanitation

Based on the following figures, 100% of the total number of respondents has access to
improved sanitation facilities. Unsanitary practices and facilities may cause diseases and
infections that are detrimental to health and might even cause death.

Moreover, 43% of respondents have access to water supply system while 57% use deep
well.

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-130


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

9%

Flush Toilet
Water Sealed Toilet

91%

Figure 2-102. Type of toilet facility used by respondents

43%
Deep Well
Water System
57%

Figure 2-103. Source of water supply

2.4.2.2.3 DISASTER RESPONSE

All respondents (100%) in the impact barangays have experienced typhoon/storm and
even flooding and landslides. They declared that typhoons last from 2 to 3 days. Such
calamities have affected lives, health, properties, environment, food supplies, livestock
and infrastructures.

Eighty (80%) of the respondents stated that the level of response for disasters is adequate
in which they have attributed to the quick response of the LGU DRMM, DSWD, NGO and

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-131


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

media. One hundred percent (100%) stated that level of community participation for
disasters is also adequate due to unity.

In terms of disaster preparation, Barangay Bagumbayan and Naneng conducts trainings


and seminars for its community members.

2.4.2.2.4 PERCEPTION

Perceived Community Problems

Sixty-two percent of the total number of respondents stated that livelihood is the biggest
problem faced by their community. This is followed by peace and order in the impact areas,
cleanliness and sanitation, and health. These problems may have been induced by their
income and the situation of the environmental health and sanitation in the community.

Project Awareness and Acceptability

Eighty-one percent of the total number of respondents was aware of the proposed project.
Most of them knew about the project from the barangay. However, details regarding
specific designs / plans of the project are unknown to them.

Perceived Positive and Negative Impacts of the Project

The respondents’ perceive benefits from the proposed expansion project are:

1. Possible employment opportunities


2. Increase in land tax
3. Improvement of government services (through community projects)
4. Progress in the community
5. Electrification or cheaper electricity fees
6. River and flood control

On the other hand, the perceived negative effects of the project to the community are:

1. Negative effect on air quality


2. Occurrence of flooding, hazards, and other risks
3. Damage/Destruction of the surrounding environment

2.4.2.3 ENVIRONMENTAL PERFORMANCE

Summarized in the following table is the comparison of socio-demographic data on years


before the issuance of ECC for the project and the latest available socio-demographic data:

Table 2-45. Comparison of Socio-Demographic Data


Parameters <1996 (ECC for Present (2016/2017) Remarks
Population 2,221 (1995) in Barangay 12,762 (2015) in Historical data on Barangay Pare
Bahay Pare Barangay Bahay Pare population show that significant increase
in population happened from 2004-2010
based on Table 2-27. Increase in
employment opportunities have increased
in-migration in the Barangay alone. It

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-132


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Parameters <1996 (ECC for Present (2016/2017) Remarks


should be noted that as of 2016, there are
5 manufacturing companies that operate
in the barangay including the SteelAsia
Rolling Mill Project.
Households/ in- 445 (1995) in Barangay 2,553 (2015) in Barangay Increased by approximately 82%.
migration Bahay Pare Bahay Pare Increase in employment opportunities
have increased in-migration in the
Barangay alone. It should be noted that as
of 2016, there are 5 manufacturing
companies that operate in the barangay
including the SteelAsia Rolling Mill
Project. Average household size stayed
the same (5 persons/household).
Note: No other baseline data available for comparison for previous and present socio-
economic parameters.

Increase in population is one of the observable changes in Meycauayan, specifically in


Barangay Bahay Pare where the project is located. Local economy has improved due to
continuous development of Meycauayan which will result to improved basic social services
such as health and education facilities. In addition, social development programs/projects
conducted and currently implemented by SAMC have provided additional livelihood
opportunities and improvement to basic services in the impact areas. These are:

1. Training for Bokashi Balls Making as alternative livelihood;


2. Adopt-a-school Program;
3. Assistance to fiestas and sports fests;
4. Adopt-a-river Program with EMB by using Bokashi Balls;
5. Rainforestation activities of the Angat Watershed;
6. Regular donation of medicines to Health Center; and
7. Health and safety training for employees

Complete details of the implemented and ongoing SDP projects and programs are
presented in Table 5-1.

2.4.3 POTENTIAL IMPACTS AND OPTIONS FOR PREVENTION, MITIGATION AND


ENHANCEMENT

2.4.3.1 DISPLACEMENT OF SETTLERS

There will be no expansion of the project in terms of project size. The project The project
is located within the 18 hectares property of SAMC hence will not displace residents during
expansion.

2.4.3.2 IN-MIGRATION

The company will priotize hiring of local residents of the impact areas. If, in the event that
there are no qualified applicants from the host barangay or municipality, the company will

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-133


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

encourage that migrant workers will participate in social activities and social development
programs to interact with the community.

2.4.3.3 CULTURAL/LIFESTYLE CHANGE

With additional need for manpower and social development projects, there will be a change
that would improve the standard of living of the community brought about by stable jobs
and higher household incomes. Improvement in incomes, education and infrastructures
are expected. Education, Information, and Communication Programs as well as
participation to livelihood projects will be encourage and implemented by the proponent.

2.4.3.4 IMPACTS ON PHYSICAL CULTURAL RESOURCES

The project site is not part of an important feature or landscape nor a potential
archaeological site. Moreover, the site is zoned as an industrial area. Nonetheless, during
project development, if the contractor happens to discover artifacts, bones or other objects
of interests, the Archaeological/Paleontological Chance Find Procedure shall be followed
such as suspension of all digging; drilling and other earthmoving activities, securing the
site, and informing the local police, among others. This Chance Find Procedure, lifted from
Asian Development Bank study as indicated below, shall be attached for the contractor to
be made aware of:

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-134


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Source: Asian Development Bank (2012). Environment Safeguards: A Good Practice Sourcebook Draft Working
Document6

2.4.3.5 GENERATION OF LOCAL BENEFITS FROM THE PROJECT

The benefits of the project will include items from the existing SDP containing the
recommended programs and projects that the different sectors themselves identified.

Likewise, these plans and programs were reviewed in reference with the Municipal
Development Plans as well as the provisions of the Local Government Code (RA 7160)
under which both laws mandated benefits for the host communities.

6
Retrieved July 21, 2017 from https://www.adb.org/documents/environment-safeguards-good-practice-sourcebook

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-135


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 2
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

The Social Development Plan prepared for this project considered the articulated wishes
of the community and Local Government of the impact areas, their concerns and issues
concerning the environment, health and vulnerable groups and the measures to address
them as recommended in the EIS. Focus will be centered on the mitigating measures to
abate the possible negative impacts of the project and enhance the positive impacts.

2.4.3.6 TRAFFIC CONGESTION

It is inevitable that there will be an increase in vehicular traffic especially during


construction stage wherein use of heavy duty vehicles are needed. Such situation will pose
risks to the residents living along the periphery of the road and school children crossing
the streets. The proponent will strictly comply with traffic rules and implement speed limits
to ensure safety of the potentially affected communities.

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 2-136


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 3
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

CHAPTER 3 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN


The Impacts Management Plan (IMP) provides the Projects key components that will
likely to be affected and the corresponding mitigation and enhancement principles,
practices, and technologies aimed to minimize and/or eliminate the potential impacts to
the environment.

The proposed Project will inevitably create various impacts, both positive and negative,
throughout the Pre-Construction, Construction, Operations, and Abandonment phases.
This IMP will aim to mitigate and enhance the negative and positive impacts of the
Project, respectively.

An analysis of the impacts identified is shown in Table 3-1.

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 3-1


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 3
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Table 3-1. Impact Management Plan


Project Phase Environmental
Guarantee/
/ component Options for Prevention/ Mitigation/
Issues/ Potential Impact Responsible Entity Cost Financial
Environmental likely to be Enhancement
Arrangements
Aspect affected
Construction Phase
Site Land - Geology  Modification of existing  Proper planning and close supervision Proponent’s Php3M – Project
Preparation / topography during preconstruction activities Environmental Unit implementation of site Development
Construction  Minimal increase in soil  Adopt erosion control measures(i.e. preparation Budget
Activities erosion coconet) adhering to best engineering Contractor’s
practices and maintenance contract
Water Quality  Sedimentation/ Siltation  Implementation of proper Project Php3M – Project
engineering control designs and development team, implementation of site Development
measures for potential erosion and PCO, Contractor preparation Budget
siltation adhering to best engineering Contractor’s
practices and maintenance contract
 Generation of wastes  Implementation of the documented Project Php50,000 / Year – Project
Waste Management Program (SA-IMS- development team, provision for proper solid Development
CP-216) PCO, Contractor waste disposal Budget
 Materials Recovery Facility (recover Contractor’s
recyclable wastes)
contract
Hazardous Waste Containment Facility
Air and Noise  Generation of dust  Sprinkling of water along exposed areas Project Php50,000/ year – Project
Quality especially during dry season; development team, operational Development
 Road dust cleaning using the existing PCO, Contractor expenses Budget
vacuum type mechanical street sweeper Contractor’s
 Vehicle speed limit at 10pkh inside plant contract
compound

 Increase in noise level  Maintain equipment deployment Project Php2,000,000 / year Project
schedule which, if possible, limits the development team, –cost of maintenance of Development
construction activity only during daytime PCO, Contractor heavy equipment Budget
 Regular maintenance of vehicles and Contractor’s
construction equipment
contract

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 3-2


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 3
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Project Phase Environmental


Guarantee/
/ component Options for Prevention/ Mitigation/
Issues/ Potential Impact Responsible Entity Cost Financial
Environmental likely to be Enhancement
Arrangements
Aspect affected
Compliance to RA
8749 and its IRR
People  Generation of solid and  Implementation of the documented Proponent’s Php50,000 / Year – Project
hazardous waste Waste Management Program (SA-IMS- Environmental Unit/ provision for proper solid Development
CP-216) PCO waste disposal Budget
 Materials Recovery Facility (recover Compliance to RA
recyclable wastes)
9003 and its IRR
 Hazardous Waste Containment Facility
Contractor’s
contract
 Increase of job and  Continuous implementation of local Proponent / Part of the Project
business opportunities hiring policy. Contractor Cost; Compliance
 Comply with local ordinances on to Local and
providing local community employment National Laws
opportunities
 Coordinate with LGU
 Occupational safety and  General EHS Guidelines for Contractors Proponent Php100,000/ year –Safety MOA with
health  Conduct of EHS risk assessment for and health program will contractors
contractors scope of work and their cover this activities ECC
potential impact both to contractors’
workers & SAMC workers
 Implementation of the Work Permit
system
 Requirement of Safety Officers
employed by contractors to be on duty
on site
 Additional Revenue for  Pay the taxes required by law Proponent ECC
the LGU
 Other Livelihood  Conduct of livelihood trainings for the Proponent Php500,000/ year – ECC, SDP
Opportunities affected community SDP budget will be utilized
for the

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 3-3


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 3
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Project Phase Environmental


Guarantee/
/ component Options for Prevention/ Mitigation/
Issues/ Potential Impact Responsible Entity Cost Financial
Environmental likely to be Enhancement
Arrangements
Aspect affected
implementation of activities
such as, livelihood
programs, education
assistance, medical
assistance, IEC, among
others.
 Increase in traffic volume  Implementation of traffic scheme Proponent Php100,000/ year –Safety ECC
and health program will
cover these activities
Operation Phase
Water Quality  Generation of wastes  Implementation of the documented PCO, Admin P500,000 annually for waste Annual Admin &
Waste Management Program (SA-IMS- handling and disposal HES Budget
CP-216)
 Materials Recovery Facility (recover
recyclable wastes)
 Hazardous Waste Containment Facility
Air Quality  Source Emission ( Mill 1  Periodic maintenance of Furnace and PCO, Maintenance P3M annually Annual Production
and Mill 2 Furnace) Cleaning of Stacks. Department, PDN and Maintenance
 Periodic maintenance of Recuperator Budget
 Use of Low Sulfur Fuel Oil (LSFO) or
Special Fuel Oil 60 (SFO -60) with Sulfur
content < 1%
 PLC automatic air-fuel ratio valve
 Standard Furnace Temperature Settings
(Running & Idle States)
 Provision of Green Buffer Zone to serve
as Air Pollution and GHG sink (currently
has 163 trees inside plant compound)
 To consider the use of pollution control
such as scrubber or other pollution
control device to mitigate SO2 stack

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 3-4


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 3
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Project Phase Environmental


Guarantee/
/ component Options for Prevention/ Mitigation/
Issues/ Potential Impact Responsible Entity Cost Financial
Environmental likely to be Enhancement
Arrangements
Aspect affected
emission (should actual test results
exceed standards). This is to note that
the predicted ambient ground level SO2
concentration complies the National
Ambient Air Quality Standards for
Source Specific Air Pollutant
(NAAQSSSAP).
Air Quality Vehicular Emission  Check PETC certificates of vehicles. Logistics Annual Production
(Delivery Trucks and Hauling Check Vehicles to emission control such (Contracted and Maintenance
Trucks) as Catalytic converter and muffler for Haulers) Budget
cars, trucks etc.. (Hauler accreditation
procedure)
 Semi-annual Physical Truck Inspection
Checklist (Contracted Haulers)
 Periodic Maintenance of in-house Motorpool P300k/yr
vehicles
 Planting of trees along perimeter Admin
Noise Quality Noise generation  Enclosed mill building PCO, Maintenance Included in the operation Annual
 To reconstruct current perimeter wall of Dept. cost Maintenance
2.5 meter high to 3.5 meters Budget
 Regular maintenance of vehicles
 Implement noise protection measures
such as PPEs and enclosures
 Provision of Effective Enclosure such as
Noise Barriers
 Maintain equipment deployment
schedule.
People  Generation of solid and  Implementation of the documented PCO, Admin MRF : P250k for relocation Admin Annual
hazardous waste Waste Management Program (SA-IMS- Handling & Disposal : P500k Budget
CP-216) annually
 Materials Recovery Facility (recover
recyclable wastes)

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 3-5


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 3
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Project Phase Environmental


Guarantee/
/ component Options for Prevention/ Mitigation/
Issues/ Potential Impact Responsible Entity Cost Financial
Environmental likely to be Enhancement
Arrangements
Aspect affected
 Hazardous Waste Containment Facility
 Increase of job and  Continuous implementation of Local Proponent / N/A Part of the Project
business opportunities hiring policy. Contractor Cost; Compliance
 Coordinate with LGU to Local and
National Laws
 Occupational safety and  Implementation of an Occupational Proponent PPE: P1.3M annually MOA with
health (potential injuries Health & Safety Management System contractors
due to accidents) complying to OHSAS 18001 Signages: P100,000 ECC
 Semi-annual review and updating of annually
documented hazard-risk assessment to
address significant risks
 Analysis of annual WEM (Work Building & grounds
Environment Measurement) results maintenance: P2.4M
which provides current conditions about annually
noise, ventilation, heat stress,
illumination, dust. Establishment of Annual Physical
action plans on failed results Examination: P500,000
 Strict implementation of wearing annually
Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) as
per the established PPE Matrix
 Ensure operators of heavy equipment
and critical machines are all competent
& authorized
 Work Permit system for dangerous
works like hotworks, work at heights,
confined space, working at high voltage
areas
 Annual safe work load test for cranes
and DOLE Permit to Operate for
mechanical equipment
 Monthly inspection of fire alarms and fire
fighting equipment,

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 3-6


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 3
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Project Phase Environmental


Guarantee/
/ component Options for Prevention/ Mitigation/
Issues/ Potential Impact Responsible Entity Cost Financial
Environmental likely to be Enhancement
Arrangements
Aspect affected
 Regular safety & housekeeping
inspection by Core team lead by the
Safety Officers
 Regular inspection of machine guards
 Annual Physical Examination for all
employees
 3 fulltime Safety Officers
 3 health officers (Occupational nurses)
on duty 24-7
 Occupational doctor on duty 12 hrs a
week
 Deployment of Emergency Response
Team in cases of emergencies; conduct
of regular emergency drills
 Additional Revenue for  Pay the taxes required by law Proponent Additional of P5M annually ECC
the LGU
 Other Livelihood  Conduct of livelihood trainings for the Proponent P150,000 for the 1st yr ECC, SDP
Opportunities affected community (Bokashi Balls making)

Plant closure People  Loss of livelihood of  Provide and develop sustainable Proponent Php1M / year – ECC,
local work force livelihood programs and alternative SDP budget will be utilized Rehabilitation /
livelihood training programs for the implementation of Abandonment
activities such as, livelihood Plan / SDP
programs, education
assistance, medical
assistance, IEC, among
others.

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 3-7


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 3
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

SAMC also implements the following Carbon Neutral initiatives:

Reduction CO2e annual reduction (CO2e


Project Description Timeline
Potential per year tons/yr)
Replacement of G.I. roofing and sidings To be completed
with thermoplastic roofing sheets and September 2017
155,520 kwh 85.2
skylights in every column of M1 Rolling
Mill
150KW solar panel installation at started February
Auxilliary Building 2017, to be
completed June 870,000 kwh 476.76
Replacement of light bulbs with LED
2018

Replacement of the old furnace of M1 October 2017


with a more efficient furnace equipment
1.8M liters of Fuel
(from current 32li/mt to 29li/mt) 5,307.43
oil

TOTAL 5,869.39

Carbon offsetting by tree planting is also underway. SteelAsia is a partner with the
Bulacan State University (BSU) and the Gurong Nagbabalik Sa Bayan in the Angat Dam
Rainforestation Project called Punuan sa Kagubatan. The project involves planting trees
on some 25 hectares of the Angat Watershed over 5 years and training the Dumagats to
take care of these trees. Tree planting was completed for the first 5 hectares last year
with total of over 5,000 trees with potential carbon offset of 200 tons per year.

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 3-8


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 4
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

CHAPTER 4 ENVIRONMENTAL RISK ASSESSMENT AND


EMERGENCY RESPONSE POLICY AND
GENERIC GUIDELINES

4.1 ENVIRONMENTAL RISK ASSESSMENT (ERA)

Annex 2-7e of the RPM DAO 2003-03 provides the guide in determining the level of
coverage for projects handling, storing, and using hazardous substance and mixtures.
The degree of ERA preparation is provided by the following level of coverage:

Level 1: Preparation of an Emergency/Contingency plan

Level 2: Preparation of an Emergency/Contingency plan and ERA Report

However, a Risk Screening Study is the initial step for determining whether or not the
proposed project will reach these levels. The following are steps for conducting the RSS:

 Identifications of the major substances that will be used in the project;


 Presentation of the physical and chemical properties of these substances;
 Discussion of the hazards associated with these substances during accidents;
 Categorization of the major substances used, handled, or stored at the facility;
and
 Determination of the amounts of these substances if it will reach or exceed the
threshold limit of Levels 1 and 2.

Table 4-1. Hazard Identification, Characterization and Assessment


Exposure Pathway and
Hazards Adverse Impact
Potential Receptors
Noise Workers’ exposure is Nuisance and annoyance problem to
experienced from equipment, workers/personnel and to the nearest
machines, vehicles and human downwind community.
activities. Transient and permanent noise-
induced hearing loss to workers at site.
Dust Community and workers Nuisance and annoyance.
exposure will be experienced Exacerbation of respiratory symptoms
during the construction phase. and diseases (i.e. cough and asthma).
Exposure pathways are through
inhalation and skin contact.
Air pollutants (Sox, Workers and community Increased susceptibility tobacterial
NOx and CO) exposure to vehicle emission infections of lungs. This may aggravate
and source specific emission (i.e. existing respiratory and cardiovascular
gen set and furnace). conditions.
Irritation of the respiratory tract and
may result to coughing.
Particulates (PM10 Workers and community Exposure may cause irritation of eyes,
and TSP) exposure to minute particles skin, throat or may affect the
from hauling and delivery trucks respiratory system.
and source specific emissions.
Oil and Grease Workers involved in the repair Contact may cause skin
and maintenance of vehicles, irritation/dermatitis.

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 4-1


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 4
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Exposure Pathway and


Hazards Adverse Impact
Potential Receptors
equipment and machines will be
exposed through skin contact.
Fall, slips, and other Workers are largely affected by Fatalities
accidents means of physical contact with Burns
hard or heavy objects. Injuries in any parts of the body.

The contribution of the plant to the existing environmental pollution is found on Table
4-2.

Table 4-2. Air pollutants


Air
Health Effects Exposure Limits *
Pollutants
NO2 Possible increase in upper respiratory tract 0.053 ppm (200ug/m3)
infection especially among children <2 years Annual arithmetic mean
old.
SO2 Increase respiratory symptoms like cough, 0.03 ppm (365 ug/m3)
colds, difficulty of breathing, wheezing and 24 hour averaging
bronchitis more common among children and
the elderly.
PM10 Increase in respiratory symptoms like cough, Standard for PM10 150ug/m3
colds, difficulty of breathing, wheezing and 24 hour averaging
bronchitis more common among children and
the elderly.
Source: National Ambient Air Quality Standards, 1987. US

The Proponent will implement mitigating measures to maintain the safe level of
emissions, by providing anti-pollution measures and strictly follow the Environmental
Management Plan through periodic monitoring of air pollutants.

4.2 EMERGENCY RESPONSE POLICY AND GUIDELINES

4.2.1 Purpose

The purpose of this plan and procedure is to:

 Safeguard human lives in the event of fire or/and explosion, or any oil/chemical
spill that may cause injuries to person/s or/and damages to plant, equipment and
environment.
 To establish a systematic and proper line of communication and responsibility
towards orderly evacuation, rescue and recovery.
 Safeguard the environment against contamination of any possible spillage during
storage, handling and transfer of any quantity of chemical/ oil.

4.2.2 Emergency Identification

It is the responsibility of the Safety Officer/Engineer and members of the Health & Safety

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 4-2


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 4
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

 Committee to identify and evaluate emergencies with potential risks and come up
with a conclusion if a certain emergency will have high impact to Steel Asia, thus
a need for a preparedness and response procedures.
 When identifying potential emergency situations, consideration should be given to
 emergencies that may occur during both normal operations and abnormal
conditions (e.g. operation start-up or shut-down, construction or demolition
activities).
 Identification process should consider emergencies that can be associated with
specific activities, equipment or workplaces.

Following information should be considered in the identification of potential emergency


situations:

History At least one occurrence from the past in the


site or in other similar site / organization
Legal Requirement Required by applicable law to have
emergency preparedness procedures
Geographical Location If the emergency is highly potential due to the
location of the site
Presence of material / equipment that Available in the site in significant quantity
can trigger or worsen the emergency
EHS risk assessment Identified as emergency situation in at least
one area and risk level is at least moderate

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 4-3


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 4
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

 In combination to above considerations, the severity of the consequence should


be considered as per below table:

Table 4-3. Severity of Consequence


Rating Description
5 - Severe Can cause severe environmental damage, e.g. permanent / long-term
environmental damage; multiple fatalities
4 - Major Can cause environmental damage, but the damage is not permanent or
is only medium term.; Single fatality, permanent total disability, severe
occupational diseases or health concerns
3 - Moderate Can cause environmental damage, but such damage is short term and
always repairable; Temporary partial disability, permanent partial
disability
2 - Minor Can result in environmental change, but the effect of such change is
easily recoverable or self-recovering, and there is no lasting impact;
Minor injury e.g. cuts and bruises
1- None of the relevant parameters exist at a level that cannot cause
Insignificant environmental change, or may results in a positive environmental
Positive effect; No injury, minor discomfort or nuisance e.g. odor

 Emergency risks will be assessed using Annex A: SA-IMS-FRM-010 Potential


Emergency Risk Assessment in SA-IMS-CP-220.
 If any of the condition listed under 4.2.4 is satisfied, rate Probability with "1".
Otherwise, input "0".
 Risk value is equal to the product of Probability and Severity.
 If the risk value is at least 3, the potential emergency becomes significant and
there's a need for the establishment of a preparedness and response procedures.

4.2.3 Responsibilities

The emergency response team is group of people who will respond or control to all
emergency situations like fire, chemical spill and other emergency situation inside the
plant as identified to be have a significant risk to plant operations

4.2.3.1 Team Structure and Responsibilities

In keeping with the internal responsibility system and best practice, all workplace parties
have an important role in emergency preparedness and response. These workplace
parties include employers, emergency response teams, OH&S committees, workers,
managers and supervisors. The development and implementation of an effective
emergency management response is a team effort that requires the participation and
consultation of all workplace parties. One way of ensuring best practice is to follow these
roles and responsibilities of workplace parties.

Emergency Response Teams should:

a) Participate in specialized emergency response training as coordinated by the


OH&S committee.
b) Activate and administrate the ERP in consultation with the employer.

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 4-4


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 4
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

c) Report the emergency to all workers and external agencies.


d) Control and take command of the situation.
e) Coordinate all emergency activities.
f) Order evacuation of all workers and visitors, and confirm completion of
evacuation.
g) Request external aid from mutual agreement partners in consultation with
employer.
h) Provide the list of hazardous materials to emergency responders.
i) Direct equipment shut-downs.
j) Initiate rescue operations, including the retrieval of specialized equipment and
PPE for the internal emergency response team and workers.
k) Attend to casualties.
l) Issue the all-clear to workers when it is safe to return to the building.
m) Coordinate property clean-up.
n) Review results of emergency exercises and drills with all workers, employer
emergency and OH&S committee.
Note: Safety Officer will oversee the overall duties and responsibilities of the ER Team

The Emergency Response Team composed of:

Emergency Response Commander with duties and responsibilities of:

a) Activate the response team to all emergency situations.


b) Direct and support the activities of the ERT and maintain an effective emergency
response to reduce the loss of life and property and the cleanup operations.
c) Evaluate the severity, potential impact, safety concerns and response
requirement based on the information provided.
d) Know the normal work location for all the members of the ERT and how to contact
them at work and at home. To maintain and periodically update a directory of this
information.
e) Develop and maintain an Emergency Response Plan.
f) Develop and periodically rehearse a plan to evacuate and/or search the building.
g) Must be able to gain access to all parts of the building.
h) Must know and be able to demonstrate to others the use of all emergency
equipment in the plant.
i) Know the location of valuable or sensitive areas in the plant and develop a plan to
quickly secure those areas.
j) Select and train any additional ERT Members necessary to carry out the
responsibilities of the position.
k) Confirm safety aspects at site, including need for Personal Protective Equipment,
sources of ignition and potential need for evacuation.
l) Communicate and provide incident briefing to company superiors, as appropriate
m) Coordinate/complete additional internal and external notifications.

The ERC should always be responsible for directing the response activities and should
assume the duties of all the primary positions until the duties can be delegated to other
qualified personnel. The more knowledgeable individuals are of their roles and

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 4-5


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 4
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

responsibilities during an emergency event, the better prepared a team can be to


implement a streamlined response.

Organizational and Manning of the Plant Fire Brigade

a. Fire Marshal - Shall have an over-all administrative and supervisory control of the
Fire Brigade Organization, responsible for the implementation of the Fire
Prevention measures within and outside the building, for maintaining an up to
date records of the Fire Brigade Organization, shall conduct periodic evaluation of
the equipment available and its replacement of missing and correction of
inoperative equipment and call immediate attention of the establishment head,
any situation likely to reduce the effectiveness of firefighting operation.
b. Deputy Fire Marshal — Assists Fire marshal in enforcing instructions
c. Fire Hose Crews - They are members of the fire brigade whose duty is to combat
the fire using the fire hose/water from the fire hydrant. The organization and
activities of each member of the Fire Hose Team shall be:
a. Hydrant Man - He pulls out the hose from the hose Cabinet or stand. He
sees to it that sufficient lengths of hose are laid out connected. He is the
one who shall commission or decommission the line on signal or
instructions from the nozzle man.
b. Nozzle Man - Initially charge of the laying out of the fire hose. He is to
ensure the right type of nozzle is coupled or connected to the hose line. He
is the only person who can signal or give instruction to the Hydrant man to
open the hydrant valve.
c. Back Up To The Nozzle Man - Assist in laying out the required hose. He
may be required to get additional length of hoses to ensure
maneuverability of the nozzle man. He is provided all the necessary
assistance to the Nozzle Man to ensure expeditious movement in attacking
or withdrawing from the area of fire.
d. Fire Extinguisher Crews - They are members of the firefighting team whose duty
is to provide initial firefighting action using the extinguishers in the area. The first
reaction to a fire emergency is to secure the right extinguisher and combat the
fire. Tight after the exhausting the content of the extinguisher, they're to assist
and serve as back-up to Fire Hose crews.

Spill Response Team

Individuals who are properly trained in controlling and proper clean-up of minor spill.

a. Spill Response Team Leader — Evaluate the hazard (s) at the scene; advise on
clean up procedure, protective clothing and emergency response equipment
investigate the incident & suggest preventive methods and fully understand and
be well verse in any spill operations.
b. Spill Response Team Assistant Leader - Shall assist and assume all the duties and
responsibilities of Spill Response Team Leader in his absence in all emergency
situations.
c. Spill Response Team Members - Assist the Spill Response Team Leader in all
activities involving emergency spill response.

Communication Team

In normal situation, is responsible for the dissemination of information regarding the


over-all plan, function and responsibilities of each individual in case of emergency.
Should emergency in fire occur, in charge of immediate sounding of fire alarm system;

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 4-6


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 4
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

call fire station for assistance; wait for and direct responding units to the specific location
of the fire.

Security, Traffic and Crowd Control

Secure and cordon (put barrier) area where incident is in progress; Prevent looters,
entry curious onlookers and other persons not involved in the operation to avoid
hampering movements of ER team and other units; Secure/salvage valuables to
minimized damages and losses, direct traffic emergency vehicles, and have control over
assembly area, or as cleared by ERC.

a. Responsibilities of Assembly Area Leader

 The Assembly Area Leader in the event of an evacuation should immediately


coordinate with the Evacuation Leader to obtain the head count. The Assembly
Area Leader should:
 Track the number, names and department of missing employees along with the
location that they were last seen.
 Track the number, names and types of injuries associated with any injured
personnel reporting to the Assembly Area
 Ensure that all employees remain to their assigned Assembly Area.
 Once the building or area has been cleared for re-entry the Emergency
Response Team Leader should authorize the Assembly Area Leader to inform
the Evacuation Leader to direct the employees back to their respective areas.

Medical Team

Responsible for the immediate administration of all emergency medical treatments to


injured persons and seeing to it that all seriously injured are stabilized and brought to
the nearest medical unit or hospital for treatment. Composed of the company nurse and
registered First Aiders.

Evacuation Team

Takes charge to locate and extricate victim of endangered areas then stabilize victims
and bring them to safe place; must conduct searches for employees reported missing
and shall coordinate/assist officer to rescue trapped personnel

a. Area Supervisor as the Evacuation Leader


• Upon initiation of an evacuation and rescue the Evacuation Leader
should ensure that all work is stopped and that all employees, visitors
and contractors evacuate the area or building quickly and in orderly
manner using the pre-designated evacuation route.
• Evacuation leader should close the door being sure not to lock it.
• Once at the Assembly Area, take a headcount of the employees,
visitors and contractors that have reported to the Assembly Area.
• Determine how many people are missing; their names and the
locations that they were last seen and report the head count status to
the Assembly Area Leader
• When the Emergency Response Team Leader has cleared an area for
re-entry is sure to explain to the employees why an area is safe for
upon re-entering the building.

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 4-7


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 4
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

4.2.4 Emergency Command Center

In cases of emergencies, SAMC Admin office is assigned as the command center. It is


where the analysis and command will take place during an emergency while the ERT deal
with the incident. The center will be equipped with the necessary communication
facilities to inform, monitor and received feedback from the field, from the corporation
and the external bodies concern about the emergency situation. All emergency
databases will be made available at this office which includes:

 Material safety and data sheet (for toxic and hazardous materials)
 Emergency procedures
 Area maps and layout
 Personal development
 Emergency contact list
 Emergency transportation Vehicle
 Equipment data and its respective operating manuals

4.2.5 Emergency Response Procedure

4.2.6 Communication Procedure

a. Internal Emergency Notification


 Once an employee identifies an emergency situation the employee must
report the situation to his immediate superior immediately. The immediate
superior informs the ERC.
 Give the following information to the immediate superior, be as specific as
possible
Your name
Work Area
Nature of problem (fire, spill, employee injury, etc.)

 If the employee is on the phone and in a safe location stay on the


telephone until the ERC indicates that you can hang up.

b. Implementation of Emergency Response Plan

 Upon receiving the internal notification, the ERC will activate the
Emergency Response Team.
 ERC should immediately report to the Emergency Command Center
(Admin Office) ready to provide assistance.
 If necessary, the Safety Officer will contact local responsible agency (Fire
dept., Police Dept., Hospital) refer to Emergency Hotline.
 If deemed necessary, the ERC will announce an evacuation.

c. ERT Communication Procedure


 The ERC will assess the situation and implement the appropriate
emergency response. And shall gather and analyze all information
available to help determine the appropriate action.

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 4-8


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 4
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

 The ERC shall maintain communication at the Emergency Command


Center.
 The ERC will issue clear instruction to the ERT members and other
appropriate Company Personnel and be sure they are understood.
 The ERC will ensure that fire; explosions and hazardous materials releases
do not occur or re-occur by implementation of preventive measures such
as shutdown of operations, containment of chemicals or a shutdown of
utilities.
 The ERC will ensure that ERT members entering any hazardous use the
buddy system and will not allow entry into dangerous areas without
communication capability.
 Once the Emergency is over, the ERC shall ensure the all emergency and
production equipment is clean, decontaminated and fit for use before
normal operations are resumed.
 ERC through Assembly /Evacuation Area Leader will inform and update
Managers and Supervisors; this information will be disseminated to their
respective subordinates.

d. Media Communication
 The management representative shall act as the public relations
representative during the incident.
 The ERC will ensure that the public relations representative receive
accurate and updated information regarding the emergency incident.
 Employees shall not engage in any dialog with any press or media
representative. Company employees should refer press and media
representative to the ERC and HRAD Manager

4.2.7 Evacuation Procedure

In advance, each employee shall:

 Be familiar with the building evacuation plan


 Recognize the sound of the evacuation alarm
 Know at least two ways out of the building from your regular work space.

Evacuation plan must be posted in the workplace, and made available to emergency
responders when they arrive on the scene. The plan must include primary and secondary
routes, location of fire extinguishers, fire alarms, fire hose cabinets, emergency exits and
assemble areas

a. Primary and Secondary Escape Routes


Primary and Secondary Escape Routes for all areas must be determined to ensure
the evacuation of all employees in a timely and orderly manner. It is important to
identify assistance to those individuals who require it when leaving a building.

b. Emergency Exits
Emergency Exits must be clearly marked with signs and evacuation routes large
enough to accommodate the numbers of evacuating people. The Evacuation Team
ensure they do not expose workers to additional hazards and are clear of

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 4-9


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 4
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

obstruction at all times (e.g. not being used for additional storage areas).
Workplace inspections must check all emergency exits, equipment and signage to
ensure they are being properly maintained.

c. Emergency Lighting
An emergency lighting system should be installed to keep work areas and
evacuation routes well-lit when lights are unavailable in a power outage.

d. Assembly Area
All workers must be accounted for in each assembly area nearest to the
workplace. See evacuation plan

Building may be evacuated in the event of the following:

 Fire and Explosions


 Hazardous Material Release
 Chemical Spill
 Natural Disaster
 Earthquake
 Typhoon
 Flood
 Bomb Threat
 Power Failure

Evacuation may be announced by any of the following means of communication

 Public Address System


 Fire Alarm System

When you hear the evacuation alarm or are told to evacuate the building

• Remain calm
• Immediately cease all operations that may become hazardous
• Leave quickly, without running
• During normal business hours the Supervisor in each area is responsible
for ensuring that all employees evacuate the area. In addition, every
employee should check that all others in the area are leaving as
instructed.
• During other than normal business hours, quickly check nearby restrooms,
copier rooms, closets, etc. for personnel as you exit.
• Accompany and assist handicapped personnel, visitors, and any coworkers
who appear to need direction or assistance.
• Shut all doors behind you as you go. Closed doors can slow the spread of
fire, smoke, and water.
• Proceed as quickly as possible, in an orderly manner. Do not push or
shove. Hold handrails when you are walking on stairs.
• Once outside, move away from the building to the designated assembly
area.
• Contact your supervisor or Evacuation Assembly Area Leader if you are not
familiar with the assembly area locations(s) for your building.

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 4-10


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 4
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

4.2.8 Medical Emergency

The range of medical emergencies can be vast and can include heart attack, airway
blockage, epileptic fits or seizures, unconsciousness, absent pulse, uncontrolled bleeding,
and possibly, serious injury due to an accident. Each type of incident will present varying
conditions and behaviours.

 The area Supervisor or the person discovering the injury must immediately call
the First Aider or member of medical Team in the area if an injury or illness
occurred to conduct first aid.
 If the injury requires minor First Aid Treatment minor worker is to be assisted by
nominated first aid aider.
 If the injured victim needs medical assistance, the ambulance service is to be
called or the injured worker can be transported to the nearest medical center,
hospital etc if the health and safety of the injured person will not be
compromised.
 The Nurse on duty or representative should assist the victim during transport to
the nearest hospital.

4.2.9 Chemical/Oil Spill

Response to chemical spills is dependent on several factors: nature and type of


substance, amount spilled, area in which spill occurs, number of persons
affected/involved etc.

Procedures for minor spill/oil spill (<200 litres)

• Alert supervisor (if possible)


• Contain spill (if spill is observed to be spreading) with appropriate absorbent
(saw dust/rugs)
• Use PPE when trying to contain spill. Avoid direct contact with oil/chemicals.
• Dispose soiled absorbents into disposal bags or empty drum and seal.
• Inform DENR — EMB for investigation and disposal. (If chemical /oil is
classified as hazardous)

Procedures for major spill/oil spill (>200 litres)

 The informant should alert personnel in the vicinity by shouting and/or using
the paging system
 He should, with the assistance of the personnel in the vicinity (if any) contain
the spill with appropriate chemical absorbent.
 The informant should not come into direct contact with the chemicals. Use
proper PPE. If not sure, evacuate immediately and inform the Safety Officer
and/or ERT Leader.
 The area where chemical spill occurred should be sealed and nobody is
allowed to go close without wearing the proper PPEs.

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 4-11


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 4
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

 In case of accident where a person has been hit by chemical spill proper care
should be given and immediately brought to the nearest hospital for
treatment.
 Check immediately the area for any incompatible substances.
 Check for any possibility of spilled chemicals/substances entering any drains,
and protect where possible.
 All collected spill chemical should be contained in sealed containers.
 PCO shall be involved in case of emergency.

Monitoring and Control

 Area in-charge during spillage is the Spill Control Leader and in coordination
with PCO and SO.
 Monitoring of spillage is conducted by PCO and S.O.

4.2.10 Natural Disaster

4.2.10.1 Earthquake

Employees should be informed about the following guidelines during an earthquake.

If you are inside the building:

 DROP to the ground; take COVER by getting under a sturdy table or other piece
of furniture; and HOLD ON until the shaking stops. If there isn't a table or desk
near you, cover your face and head with your arms and crouch in an inside
corner of the building.
 Stay away from heavy equipment, glass and chemical storage areas. If in
chemical storage area, get out, move and take then cover.
 Move to an inner wall or hallway, the inner core of the building is the strongest
and least likely to collapse.
 If not under cover, place anything handy such as coat, magazine or cardboard
box over your head and face as shield.
 Do not rush outside doors and stairs maybe broken. The greatest danger from
falling debris is just outside doorways and close to outer walls while the ground
is shaking

If you are outside the building:

 Stay there but move away from buildings, wall power pole and lamppost.
 Once in the open area, stay there until the shaking stops. The greatest danger
exists directly outside buildings, at exits and near exterior walls.

If you are in a moving car:

 Stop the car as soon as possible in a safe manner.


 Do not stop under on an overpass or bridge or near tall building or walls.
 Stay in your car because it is a great shock absorber.
 Be prepared for aftershocks that may be quite strong and cause even more
damage due to the already weakened

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 4-12


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 4
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

After the quake:

Inside the Plant the ERT shall be activated to perform the following procedures:

Note: Expect aftershocks. These secondary shockwaves are usually less violent
than the main quake but can be strong enough to do additional damage to
weakened structures and can occur in the first hours, days, weeks or even
months after the quake.

 Check the injured personnel. Do not move the seriously injured unless they
are in immediate danger.
 Evacuate and take headcount to determine that everyone is accounted for.
Search for missing personnel in the area they were last seen.
 Remove debris piece, starting from the top of the pile.
 Check cabinet and chemical storage areas. Open the doors slowly and watch
for falling objects spills, fires and leaks. Place an "X" on the areas that you
have searched already.
 Notify Local Emergency Response Agencies in case of major fires, spills, leaks
and serious injuries.
 Do not allow re-entry into the building until it has been declared safe for
occupancy

4.2.10.2 Typhoon

General Procedure

 The Safety Officer shall obtain weather forecast from PAG-ASA (Phil.
Atmospheric Geophysical and Astronomical Services Administration). He shall
continue to monitor the incoming severe weather.
 Forty-eight hours prior to the arrival of severe weather the ERT Leader shall
survey the plant to determine area that may require tie downs, shutdown of
equipment and clean o material or debris.
 Maintenance Personnel shall be advised to check the building especially the
roof condition and ensure that electrical outlets and wiring would not be
soaked from rainwater.
 The Area Supervisor shall ensure that emergency light in his area is functional
and flashlight is readily available
 The ERT shall be assembled and stationed as observers in key areas to render
assistance where needed.
 In case of severe weather where employees will be advised to evaluate the
plant, the HR Personnel shall provide means of transportation.
 Before and after severe weather the Safety Officer shall continually assess the
situation and determine if shutdown in necessary particularly if power is
disrupted.
 As soon as possible, after the weather clears, all area supervisors shall
prepare a damage report for the Plant Manager.
 Maintenance Department will make repairs in order of plant priorities.

Employees Emergency Procedure

When at Work:

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 4-13


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 4
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

 Do not GO outside unless notified by the Safety Officer that it is SAFE to do so.
 Should work stoppage be declared, determine the NAME of the resource person
and the TIME and DATE when work will resume.
 Resume work on specified DATE and TIME.

When going to work

• Collect accurate information from TV, radio or other related organizations and
agencies.
• Call the HRAD to confirm any information on work stoppage
• Determine the NAME of the resource person and the time when work will
resume.
• Resume work on specified DATE and TIME.

4.2.10.3 Flood

Where flooding is not likely occurrence, it may still occur especially due to rupture of
water lines. The following procedures shall be followed:

Notify the ERT leader and evacuate the area immediately.

• Plant Manager shall evaluate the situation and take appropriate action.
Particular precautions must take to assure that the flooded area is not
electrically energized before entering.
• Maintenance Department shall be informed for equipment repairs or de-
energizing.
• Safety Officer shall provide warning sign indicating the slipping hazard on floor
spaces.

4.2.11 Civil Disturbance

4.2.11.1 Receiving the threat

Key employee like receptionist or secretary should be informed of the detailed


procedures for receiving a threat.

Written Threat

 If a bomb threat is received in writing it should be kept including any envelope,


container or accompanying materials. Unnecessary handling must also be
avoided and every effort made to preserve possible evidence such as
fingerprints, handwriting, paper and postmarks.

Telephone Threat

 The person receiving the call should not disconnect the caller, remain calm and
try to find out the information detailed on the checklist below. If not able to fill
out checklist during the call then complete the checklist as soon as possible after
the threat, while details are still fresh in memory
 Record the time and exact words of the massages with particular emphasis on
the description and location of the device.

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 4-14


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 4
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

 Elicit as much information as possible from the caller such as time of explosion,
location and bomb specification and why bomb is planted.
 Note the sex of the caller, an impression about his/her age, any peculiarities of
voice or speech such as hoarseness, shrillness, speech impediment, accent,
dialects, signs of intoxication, irrationality and any pet phrases or other
mannerisms.

Responding to the threat / Plans for a response to a threat should include:

 Notify the Operation Manager, ERC, Safety Officer and Security Officer.
 Safety Officer or Security Officer shall immediately call the Local Law
Enforcement to inform the situation.
 Follow the Police Department instructions closely.
 Do not hesitate to evacuate the facility if there is any reason to believe that the
threat is real.
 ERC shall provide the plant lay out to the Police Respondent for their thorough
search of key and critical areas.
 If an appropriate search has failed to confirm the existence of a bomb,
emergency police crew and ERT should stand by until it is reasonably certain the
limit of threat has passed.

4.2.11.2 Discovery of a bomb

In the event that a bomb or anything resembling a bomb is discovered follow the
following action:

• Evacuate the area immediately


• Do not disarm or move the device.
• Call the Bomb Disposal Unit of the Police
• Alert the ERT to stand by.

4.2.12 Power Failure

a. If power failure occurs remain calm.


b. Wait for instructions from your Operation Leader and stay in your premises for
further report of the situation.
c. The electrical maintenance personnel shall switch off all facilities, machine and
equipment to protect it from current surges when power returns.

4.2.13 Fire and Explosion

If you discover a Fire:

a. Pull the nearest fire alarm


b. Check to see if anyone is in immediate danger.
c. If it is a very small and controllable fire, attempt to put out the fire ONLY if you
have been properly trained in fire extinguisher use and only if it can be done
without risk to your safety and health and to others.

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 4-15


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 4
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

d. For those who have been trained in safely operatinga fire extinguisher, remember
to read the label on the fire extinguisher prior to discharge to ensure that the
extinguishing materials is appropriate for that particular type of fire
e. Do not attempt to fight the fire alone or without having at least two other escapes
routes.
f. If the fire is uncontrollable, evacuate the area immediately.
g. Notify or call immediately the Safety Officer and/or Security Officer or the SIC

If trapped in a Room/Building:

a. Stay calm. Do not panic.


b. If all exits or stairways are blocked, go to the nearest room and close the door.
Keep all doors and windows closed.
c. Stuff objects, such as wet cloth towels, into openings to prevent smoke from
entering the area.
d. If the room has a window, hang a cloth or other object out of the window to
signal that the room is occupied. DO NOT LEAVE WINDOWS OPEN.
e. Wet clothing if possible. Wrap wet clothing around face to minimize smoke
inhalation.
f. Fill sinks and tubs with water if possible to maintain a supply of water.
g. If smoke enters the room prior to the arrival of assistance, keep your head no
more than 8-12 inches off the floor where the air is less toxic.
h. Shout at regular intervals to alert emergency personnel of your location.
i. If there is a telephone, call Emergency Hotline (See Annex B), and advise them of
your location and that all exits are blocked. Remain calm, stay on the line as long
as possible and wait for the arrival of assistance.

If Caught in Smoke:

a. Drop to hands and knees and crawl toward exit


b. Stay low, as smoke will rise to ceiling level,
c. Hold your breath as much as possible.
d. Breathe shallowly through nose, and use a filter such as a shirt or towel.

If Forced to Advance through Flames:

a. Hold your breath.


b. Move quickly.
c. Cover your head and hair.
d. Keep your head down and your eyes closed as much as possible.

If your Clothing or Hair Catches on Fire:

a. Do not panic.
b. Stop.
c. Drop to the ground or floor; roll around until the flames are out.
d. Make sure you cover your face and mouth. You will want to protect your face
from
Note:

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 4-16


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 4
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

After every drill or actual emergency, generated waste will be disposed of properly in
accordance with MSDS or any known legal requirements and risk assessments made
prior the execution of the exercises.

Safety Officer shall review the adequacy and effectiveness of the emergency and
response procedures and decide if there’s a need for revision or not, using attached
forms as maybe applicable.

Table 4-4. Emergency Drill Frequency


Identified Emergencies Frequency
Fire & Explosion Twice a year*
Earthquake Twice a year*
Chemical/Oil Spill Once a year
Medical Emergency Once a year
Typhoon Once every two (2) years
Flood Once every two (2) years
Civil Disturbance Once every two (2) years
Power Failure Once every two (2) years
* reference: PD 1185 Fire Code of the Phils.

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 4-17


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 4
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Figure 4-1. Functional and Procedural Flow Chart during an Emergency

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 4-18


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 4
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Figure 4-2. Emergency Response Team

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 4-19


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 5
Rolling Mill of Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation Project

CHAPTER 5 SOCIAL DEVELOPMENT PLAN / FRAMEWORK


(SDP) AND IEC FRAMEWORK

5.1 SOCIAL DEVELOPMENT PLAN (SDP)

Social development plan (SDP) aims to assess and identify the basic needs of the
communities which will be affected by the project. SDP should be patterned in the
Municipal and Barangay Development Plans of the host communities and in accordance
with the mandated Corporate Social Responsibility.

It aims to establish a strong relationship between the Project Proponent, community


institutions, and stakeholders towards the goal of achieving an improved quality of life of
the residents of the host localities. A list of already implemented programs is included in
the annexes.

The Social Development Programs/Projects already implemented by SAMC are presented


inTable 5-1.

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation|Page 5-1


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 5
Rolling Mill of Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation Project

Table 5-1. SDP Projects/Programs implemented by SAMC


Status of
Year Category Program/Project No. of Beneficiaries
Implementation
2017 Environment Adopt-a-River Program Ongoing Meycuayan & Marilao residents
2017 Health Donations of Medicines and Started June 6, 2017, Bahay Pare Health Center
Medical Supplies semi-annual
2016 Health Medical and Dental Mission completed 219 Bahay Pare residents
2016 Environment Punuan parasa Kagubatan / Ongoing, 5 yr plan People dependent on water
Rainforestation of the Angat supply from Angat dam;
Watershed Dumagat people residing in
the area
2016 Education Donations of plastic playground Completed Bahay Pare Day Care Center –
set and airconditioning unit thru around 100 pupils
SteelAsia Credit Cooperative
(SACC)
2014 Education Skills Training Program (Rolling Completed 104 Plaridel residents
Mill & Basic Safety Course)
2014 Education TESDA Skills Training (SMAW) Completed 46 Plaridel residents
2014 Health Assistance to BFP Meycauayan Completed BFP Meycauayan
(donation of basketball ring,
lending of hardhats during the fire
competitions/Olympics)
Yearly Entertainment Annual financial assistance during Ongoing / Annual Bahay Pare residents
fiesta
Yearly Entertainment Annual donation of raffle prizes Completed Brgy. Bahay Pare, Meycauayan
during Christmas Party CENRO, Region 3 EMB
2011 Education Donations of school supplies Completed Bahay-Pare Elementary School
2010 Education Donations of school supplies Completed Pantoc Elementary School
(Kindergarten and Grade 1
students)
2009 Education Donations of goodies and 2 Completed Pajo Elementary School
computer sets (Kindergarten students)

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation|Page 5-2


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 5
Rolling Mill of Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation Project

Table 5-2. Indicative Social Development Plan


Government
Responsible Entity/ Agency/ Non- Indicative Source of
Concern Proponent
Beneficiary Government Timeline Fund
Agency
Employment and livelihood • Qualified residents of • Mayor/ Brgy. Community To start Proponent
opportunities Baranggay Bahay Pari Chairman Relations and training Q3
• Bokashi Balls Making Development 2017
Officer
Education and recreation • Assistance to • DepEd Community Q3 YR 2017 Proponent
development of school • Bahay Pari Relations and
facilities – Adopt a Elementary Development
School Program School
Officer
• Assistance to • Sports and
barangay/city events recreation
such as fiestas and department of
sports fest barangay/city
Rehabilitation of polluted • Surrounding residents • EMB Region 3 Resident MOA signed Proponent
bodies of water near the river to be • Brgy Bahay Pari Manager last June 7;
Through the Adopt a River adopted • PBiA activities to
commence Q3
Program of the EMB and by
2017
using Bokashi Balls (PBiA)
Reforestation /National • People dependent on • Gurong Community A 3yr plan Proponent
Greening Program water supply from Nagbabalik sa Relations and (launched
- Punuan parasa Angat dam Bayan (BSU) Development Sept. 2016)
Kagubatan / • Dumagat people
Officer
Rainforestation of the residing in the area
Angat Watershed
Health of Nearby Residents – • Brgy Bahay Pari • Mayor/ Brgy. Resident Semi-annual Proponent
regular donation of medicines Chairman (Health Manager
to Health Center Officer)
Health and safety training for • Project employees • Barangay Community • Pre- Proponent

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation|Page 5-3


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 5
Rolling Mill of Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation Project

employees • Barangay affected by Disaster Relations and construction


the project Management Development • Pre-
• City Health Officer operations
Officer
Payment of financial • Assessor’s Office • Assessor Head, Admin • Pre- Proponent
obligations to the city Permits and License permits and construction
Office licenses office • Pre-
Operations
• Operations

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation|Page 5-4


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 5
Rolling Mill of Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation Project

5.2 INFORMATION AND EDUCATION CAMPAIGN (IEC)

A comprehensive and intensive Information Education Communication (IEC) Campaign


to better inform and educate the communities and the general public as to the objective,
necessity and benefits of the project, as well as the processes involved for the
construction and operation of the project.

These shall be done thru distribution and posting of written materials such as brochures,
newsletters, media statements and articles, bulletins and posters, and online presence.
Also as well as non-written types such as fora, symposia, community discussions and
hearings, audio visual presentations (such as PowerPoint and DVD), radio and TV
programs and/or guestings, etc. The IEC materials and activities will also serve as a
venue for continuous dialogue, feedback and check and balance mechanism for the
parties involved.

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation|Page 5-5


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 5
Rolling Mill of Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation Project

Table 5-3. Information, Education and Communication Programs/Activities implemented by SAMC


Year IEC Program / Key Messages Target Audience / Participants Status of Implementation
FGD on the Technical Aspects of the LGU and Residents of Barangay Bahay
2017 Ongoing
project Pare
Plant Tours / Technical Aspects of
Year long College Students Nationwide Ongoing
Rolling Mill Operations
Facebook Page / Updates on SteelAsia’s
2017 Netizens Ongoing
activities and changes
Website / About SteelAsia as company,
2011 Netizens Ongoing
updates
Video clips featured in “The Breaking
2017 PTV 4 viewers Ongoing
Point”, a public service show in PTV 4

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation|Page 5-6


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 5
Rolling Mill of Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation Project

Table 5-4. Information, Education and Communication Plan

Target Sector Major Topics of


IEC Scheme/ Indicative Timeline
Identified as Concern Regarding Information Medium Status Indicative Cost
Strategy/ Method and Frequency
Needing Project IEC the Project
Local Government A Pre-Scoping IEC For FGD, cluster,
Officials of Group Methods was conducted meetings, leaflets and
Meycauayan Sept. 5, 2016 audio-visual
Barangay Officials of Focus Group At least one month Discussions already presentation including
Barangay Bahay Pare Discussions before actual ongoing with Brgy venue, materials and
Technical Aspects of
Multi-sectoral Cluster construction Officials snacks at 100
the project:
Residents of Meetings participants at 1,000
Emission from
Barangay Bahay Pare Leaflets per participants, about
chimney
Audio-visual Php 100,000
and other pollution
Presentation Around 100
Barangay Officials of control device Multi-Media
Field Visits during participants at 200 per
Neighboring Rolling Mill Process During Construction
Operation participants about
Barangays
Php20,000
Plant Tours is Around 3500
Schools and other regularly being participants annually at
During Operations
Organizations hosted by SAMC P50 for snacks per
about Php175,000
First issue to be
Meycauayan LGU and Rolling Mill Process During Operations,
Print Newsletter released August P100,000 annually
residents, employees and updates on SAMC Monthly
2017
Meycauayan LGU and
Minimal cost as
residents, customers, Rolling Mill Process Website and Facebook Operational already
Internet May 2017 existing IT resources is
employees, all and updates on SAMC Page
being used
interested to SAMC

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation|Page 5-7


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 5
Rolling Mill of Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation Project

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation|Page 5-8


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 6
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

CHAPTER 6 ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE MONITORING

6.1 ENVIRONMENTAL PERFORMANCE

The status of compliance to the ECC conditionalities and the attainment of EMP
commitments are shown on Table 6-1.

Table 6-1. Summary status of ECC and EMP Compliance


ECC/EMP STATUS OF
Condition/Requirement NO. ECC CONDITION COMPLIANCE REMARKS
Categorization (if complying)
Project Coverage 1 This certificate shall cover the Yes The total production from
construction and operation of January to June year 2016
a Rolling Mill Plant using one is 221,383.694 metric ton
(1) unit Walking hearth
Furnace with a production
capacity fifty (50) tons per
hour of steel products
Institutional arrangements 2 A properly designed Yes Trees are planted besides
necessary for implementation of perimeter wall of sufficient perimeter wall of the plant.
environmental management height shall be constructed
measures and trees should be planted
along the wall to augment its
buffet capacity.
Institutional arrangements 3 Adequate mitigating Yes Air, Noise and water
necessary for implementation of measures should be provided pollution is within DENR
environmental management to prevent noise/air and water target standards.
measures pollution.
Institutional arrangements 4 Proper maintenance of Yes Continuous monitoring and
necessary for implementation of pollution control equipment maintenance of pollution
environmental management and facilities shall be carried control equipment. See
measures out at all times to attain picture of pollution control
maximum efficiency. device during replacement
(recuperator).
Institutional arrangements 5 An adequate settling pond Yes Settling pond is provided
necessary for implementation of shall provided for the process inside the plant for the
environmental management cooling water and no effluent process cooling water and
measures from the same shall be no effluent from the same
discharged into any receiving shall be discharged into
water body without prior any receiving water body.
treatment and if it has not met
DENR standards.
Institutional arrangements 6 Proper collection and Yes Continuous collection of
necessary for implementation of disposal of solid wastes solid waste materials and
environmental management particularly sludges from the transfer to waste
measures settling pond and mill scales management area with
shall be effected. appropriate and proper
documents.

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 6-1


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 6
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

ECC/EMP STATUS OF
Condition/Requirement NO. ECC CONDITION COMPLIANCE REMARKS
Categorization (if complying)
Institutional arrangements 7 The proponent shall monitor Yes Continues monitoring Air,
necessary for implementation of regularly the noise levels, Noise, water quality, stack
environmental management stack emissions and emission pollution is within
measures effluents, ambient air and DENR target standards. 3rd
water quality following the party testing (DENR
submitted/accepted accredited)
monitoring program and
using monitoring equipment
duly authorized by DENR.
Institutional arrangements 8 Noise levels, emissions and Yes Air, Noise and water
necessary for implementation of effluents generated shall pollution is within DENR
environmental management conform to DENR set target standards.
measures standards.
Institutional arrangements 9 An Environmental Unit (EU) Yes The company has
necessary for implementation of shall created by the designated a PCO who
environmental management management to handle the shall perform and carry out
measures environment-related aspects the duties of EU.
of the project. The EU shall
submit
environmental/monitoring
reports to the EMB and
DENR-EMPAS Region III on
a quarterly basis.
Other sectoral requirements 10 Qualified local residence Yes Company HR and Admin
mandated by other agencies to shall be given priority in prioritize the hiring of
be complied with employment. personnel leaving near the
plant or within Bulacan
area.
Other sectoral requirements 11 Safety gadgets shall be Yes Plant personnel protective
mandated by other agencies to provided to all workers to equipment PPE is given to
be complied with prevent health and the plant employee at a
occupational hazards. given task. And it can be
seen in the pant PPE
matrix for personnel
guidance.
Institutional arrangements 12 On the spot monitoring and Yes Ocular inspection and
necessary for implementation of inspection may be conducted meeting conducted by the
environmental management by the EMB, DENR Region III DENR region 3 and DENR
measures anytime in coordination with Central last January 8,
the concerned groups 2016. See Attached
document.
Standard DENR requirements 13 Transfer of ownership of this Yes There is No transfer of
on the transfer of ownership project carries the same ownership was been made.
conditions in this ECC for
which written notification
shall made within fifteen (15)
days from such transfer.

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 6-2


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 6
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

6.1.1 Water Quality Monitoring

The graphical trends illustrate the performance of the parameters affected by the project.
The water quality of Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation and are all within the DENR
standards.

Figure 6-1. Water Quality (2012-2016) - COD

Figure 6-2. Water Quality (2012-2016) - BOD

Figure 6-3. Water Quality (2012-2016) - pH

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 6-3


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 6
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Figure 6-4. Water Quality (2012-2016) - TSS

Figure 6-5. Water Quality (2012-2016) – Oil and Grease

Sample is being taken only from the last tank of the cooling water system as the plant is
not discharging any wastewater. The results on June 14, 2016 are within the set standards
and with mean values at the following percentage levels from the maximum permissible
limit indicated in DAO 35:

Table 6-2. Water Quality Monitoring


Parameter Mean Values
DENR
(Conventional Pollutants) (as of Sept. 2015)
pH 7.24 6.5-9
Temp 35 -
Color 35 150
BOD 17 50
COD 39 100
TSS 18 70
Oil & Grease 2.2 5

6.1.2 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring

SMOKE STACK TESTING RESULTS

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 6-4


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 6
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Rolling Mill 1

Figure 6-6. Ambient Air Quality (2014-2017) - PM

Figure 6-7. Ambient Air Quality (2014-2017) – SO2

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 6-5


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 6
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Figure 6-8. Ambient Air Quality (2014-2017) – CO

AMBIENT AIR TESTING RESULTS

Station 1 – Near Smoking Area


Station 2 – Near Don Benito Yao Training Center
Station 3 – Between Training Center & Maintenance Office
Station 4 – In front Rolls and Tackle Building

Figure 6-9. Ambient Air Quality (2014-2016) – TSP

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 6-6


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 6
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Figure 6-10. Ambient Air Quality (2014-2016) – SO2

Figure 6-11. Ambient Air Quality (2014-2016) – NO2

The ambient air quality parameters of Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation are all within
the DENR standards. Observed Ambient Air Concentrations of TSP, SO2, NO2 (2016) and
in comparison, with National Ambient Guidelines Values (NAAGV) shown below:

Table 6-3. Ambient Air Quality Monitoring (2016)

Station TIME/DATE OF TSP SO2 NO2


STATION DESCRIPTION
Number SAMPLING µg/Ncm µg/Ncm µg/Ncm
1 Near Smoking Area January 27, 2016 106 24 20
2 Near M2 Staff House January 27, 2016 89 22 18
3 Between training center and Maintenance office January 27, 2016 119 26 22
4 In front of Rolls and tackle building January 27, 2016 286 28 23
DENR Standard (NAAQGV) 1 - Hour Sampling 300 340 260

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 6-7


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 6
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

The ambient noise quality of Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation in which two stations
(3 and 4) slightly exceeded the DENR standards. Some contributing factors which affect
the results that exceeded were due to Trucks passing, forklift activities, water pump motor,
production and cooling tower area.

Table 6-4. Ambient Noise Quality Monitoring (2016)


DENR STANDARD
Noise Maximum Allowable
Time/Date of
Station No. Station Description Level Noise Level, dBa REMARKS
Sampling
(dBA) (Class C light
Industry)
January 27,
1 Near Smoking Area 62.6 70 Within
2016
January 27,
2 Near M2 Staff House 68.8 70 Within
2016
Between training center and January 27,
3 68.6 70 Within
Maintenance office 2016
In front of Rolls and tackle January 27,
4 69.3 70 Within
building 2016

The Stack emission result for 50 MT/Hr Centro Combustion Reheating Furnace are within
the DENR standard. The test results are compared with the National Emission Standard
identified in IRR Part VII Rule XXV Table 2.

Table 6-5. Stack Emission Result for 50 MT/Hr Centro Combustion Reheating Furnace
Run Number CAA
Run 1 Run 2 Run 3
Sampling Date AVERAGE Limit
07/15/13 07/15/13 07/15/13
Sampling Time Mg/Nm3
Particulate Emissions
29 22 23 25 150
Concentration, mg/Ncm
Sulfur Dioxide (SO2)
940 809 906 885 1,500
Concentration, mg/Ncm
Carbon Monoxide (CO)
88 86 85 86 500
Concentration, mg/Ncm

6.1.3 Ambient Noise Quality Monitoring

AMBIENT NOISE TESTING RESULTS

Reference for year 2014 to 2016

Station 1 – Near Smoking Area


Station 2 – Near Don Benito Yao Training Center
Station 3 – Between Training Center & Maintenance Office
Station 4 – In front Rolls and Tackle Building

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 6-8


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 6
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Figure 6-12. Ambient Noise Quality (2014-2017) – Daytime


Note: Results exceeds EQPL caused by vehicles (Trucks, PUJ, Tricycle) pass through Bahay
Pare road.

Reference for year 2017

Station 1 – Don Benito Yao Training Center


Station 2 – Front Gate of Rolls & Tackle
Station 3 – Near Motorcycle Parking Area
Station 4 – Near Gate 1

Figure 6-13. Ambient Noise Quality (2016-2017) – Evening Time


Note: Results exceeds EQPL and limits caused by vehicles (Trucks, PUJ, Tricycle) pass
through Bahay Pare road.

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 6-9


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 6
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

6.1.4 Emission Load Monitoring

COMPARATIVE EMISSION ESTIAMTE USING EMISSION FACTOR AND STACK TEST DATA

EMISSION LOAD
AP 42 EF EMISSION LOAD Fuel Cons. PM CO NOx SOX
Fuel Cons. Lit/yer gal/yr Fuel Type tons/year
Furnace 1 (50mt/hr) Existing 14,200,000.00 3,751,651.25 LSFO 3.4 8.5 34.0 244.5
Furnace 1 (50mt/hr to 80 mt/hr) 17,400,000.00 4,597,093.79 SFO 3.4 8.5 34.0 244.5
Furnace 2 (20mt/hr) 3,900,000.00 1,030,383.09 SFO 3.4 8.5 34.0 244.5
6.8 17.0 67.9 488.9

EMISSION ESTAMATE USING ACTUAL STACK TEST BULACAN PLANT USING HIGH STREET CALACA DATA
Stack Temp Stack VFR Stack Stack Stack Ht. VEL
deg C Temp. (K) (Ncm/Min) Diam (m) Area (m2) (m) (m/s)
Mill 1 80 MT/Hr (USED 70
MT/Hr) 600 MT/yr 428 701 841.77 1.74 2.38 45.50 5.90
Mill 2 20 MT/Hr (USED 70
MT/Hr) 100 MT/yr 428 701 900.82 1.8 2.54 50.00 5.90
Concentration (mg/Ncm)
PM CO NOx SO2 Pb Zn
Mill 1 80 MT/Hr (USED 70
MT/Hr) 25 8.00 251.00 38.00 0.097 0.001
Mill 2 20 MT/Hr (USED 70
MT/Hr) 25 8.00 251.00 38.00 0.097 0.001
Emission Rate/Strength (g/s)
PM CO NOx SO2 Pb Zn
Mill 1 80 MT/Hr (USED 70
MT/Hr) 0.35 0.11 3.52 0.53 1.36E-03 1.40E-05
Mill 2 20 MT/Hr (USED 70
MT/Hr) 0.38 0.12 3.77 0.57 1.46E-03 1.50E-05
Annual Emission Load (T/Y)
PM CO NOx SO2 Pb Zn
Mill 1 80 MT/Hr (USED 70
MT/Hr) 9.5 3.0 95.1 14.4 0.037 0.000
Mill 2 20 MT/Hr (USED 70
MT/Hr) 10.1 3.2 101.7 15.4 0.039 0.000

MT/HR HRS /Y EAR MT/YR HR/day


80 7,500 600,000 21
20 5,000 100,000 14

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 6-10


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 6
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

6.2 SELF-MONITORING PLAN

Table 6-1 presents the Environmental Monitoring Plan (EMoP) for the proposed Project.
The EMoP presents a set of critical environmental parameters that the Proponent will
monitor regularly to ensure environmental compliance and sustainability of project
operations. It will ensure compliance to the following existing laws and permits:

 PD 984 – Pollution Control Decree of 1978


 PD 1586 – Philippine Environmental Impact Statement System
 RA 6969 – Toxic Substances, Hazardous and Nuclear Control Act of 1990
 RA 8749 – Philippine Clean Air Act of 1999
 RA 9275 – Philippine Clean Water Act of 2004

The EMoP includes specific management schemes per Environmental Quality Performance
Level (EQPL) range. The EQPL is designed to provide the Proponent management
measures for specific environmental aspects by determining the level of alertness, action/s
that need to be implemented at the occurrence of a particular emergency or event, and to
prevent exceedance in the environmental standards set by the DENR.

The information that will be obtained during the EMoP implementation will provide
significant information in examining the short and long-term effects of the proposed
Project’s various environmental aspects, from which future strategies on environmental
enhancement measures can be formulated.

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 6-11


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 6
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Table 6-6. Environmental Monitoring Plan


Sampling and Measurement Plan Annual EQPL Management Scheme
Environmental Potential Parameter to be Lead
Estimated EQPL Range Management Measure
Aspect Impact Monitored Method Frequency Location Person
Cost Alert Action Limit Alert Action Limit
WATER
Effluent Water pH Grab Sampling Quarterly 1 Station PCO/ P70,000 SAMC do not discharge 6.0 – 9.0 No action needed No action needed No action needed
(no water Temperature (°C) MMT water from process, thus 3 (max rise) since not being since not being since not being
discharge but TSS DENR AO EQPL was not defined; 150 discharged discharged; discharged
water sample to Oil & Grease 2016-08 Class water sample is being taken 10
be taken from BOD C from the last tank of the 100
the last water Cd water recycling system. 0.005
tank of the Pb 0.30
cooling water Cr 0.10
system); Phenolic 0.05
monitoring later Substance
to be decided by
Cyanide .1
MMT if to be
Surfactants 1.5
stopped based
Barium 3
on trend of
Iron 1.5
results
Lead 0.05
Manganese 0.2
Nickel 0.2
Mercury 0.02
Zinc 2
Fecal Coliforms 200
Ammonia 0.05
Chloride 350
Sulfate 275
Dissolved Oxygen 5
Flouride 1
Nitrate 7
Phospate 0.5
AIR
Air Quality SO2 (µg/Ncm) DENR AO Semi 4 station PCO/ P50,000 289 306 340 Check weather Check weather Check weather
(Ambient) 2000-81 Annual (hourly) MMT (1hr) (1hr) (1hr) condition during condition during condition during
Rule XXVI, sampling and if sampling and if sampling and if
Sec.1 location is location is location is
downwind of the

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 6-12


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 6
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Sampling and Measurement Plan Annual EQPL Management Scheme


Environmental Potential Parameter to be Lead
Estimated EQPL Range Management Measure
Aspect Impact Monitored Method Frequency Location Person
Cost Alert Action Limit Alert Action Limit
NO2 (µg/Ncm) DENR AO Semi 4 station PCO/ 221 234 260 area. Check downwind of the downwind of the
2000-81 Annual (hourly) MMT (1hr) (1hr) (1hr) possible source of area. area.
Rule XXVI, pollution including Conduct site visit Conduct site visit
Sec.1 external factors. at said sampling at said sampling
Check status of stations and hire a stations and hire
furnaces for any 3rd party DENR a 3rd party DENR
upset of off- accredited accredited
TSP (µg/Ncm) DENR AO Semi 4 station PCO/ 255 270 300 operating sampling firm to sampling firm to
2000-81 Annual (hourly) MMT (1-hr) (1-hr) (1-hr) parameters and confirm by confirm by
Rule XXVI, have it adjusted checking Checking
Sec.1 accordingly as emission of emission of
PM10 (µg/Ncm) DENR AO Semi 4 station PCO/ 170 180 200 needed. smoke stack . smoke stack..
2000-81 Annual (hourly) MMT (1-hr) (1-hr) (1-hr) Conduct Conduct
Rule XXVI, adjustment of the adjustment of the
unit’s operation unit’s operation
per operating per operating
manual. manual.
Temporarily stop
certain aspect of
operation unless
the problem has
been resolved.
Air Quality Furnace (Mill1 and DENR AO Furnace Mill 1 & 2 PCO/ P60,000 128 (85%) 135 (90%) 150 Check status of Hire a 3rd party Hire a 3rd party
(Source Specific) 2) Stack + genset 2000-81 Stack – see Stack and MMT /stack furnaces for any stack testing firm Stack testing firm
Emission: Rule XXV, ECC Genset Stack upset of off- as per DAO 2013- as per DAO 2013-
PM (mg/Ncm) Sec.1; condition operating 26 for stack 26 for stack
Furnace (Mill1 and NESSAP 630 (80%) 665 (95%) 700 parameters and emission testing. emission testing.
2) Stack + genset Genset -1st have it adjusted Conduct proper Conduct proper
Emission: year and 2 accordingly as and regular and regular
SO2 (mg/Ncm) years needed. maintenance of maintenance of
Furnace (Mill1 and thereafter 850 (85%) 9000 (90%) 1,000 Coordinate with combustion combustion
2) Stack + genset (MC 2007- operations and furnace. Clean furnace.
Emission: 03) verify the status of inside stack walls. Temporarily stop
NO2 (mg/Ncm) engines or any operation unless
Furnace (Mill1 and 425 (85%) 420 (90%) 500 upset of off- the problem has
2) Stack + genset operating been resolve.
Emission: parameters and
CO have it adjusted

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 6-13


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 6
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Sampling and Measurement Plan Annual EQPL Management Scheme


Environmental Potential Parameter to be Lead
Estimated EQPL Range Management Measure
Aspect Impact Monitored Method Frequency Location Person
Cost Alert Action Limit Alert Action Limit
(mg/Ncm) accordingly as
needed.
Noise Portable Noise Semi 2 stations PCO P10,000 Daytime - Daytime - Daytime - Conduct survey at If source of noise Conduct noise
(Decibels dBA) sampler Annual (hourly) 60dB 63 70 sampling station is from Mill, inform sampling in the
to verify the plant manager presence of the
NPCC Class C 1 station Night-time – Night-time – Night-time – complaints as per to provide noise DENR and 3rd
for industrial (24 hours) 55dB 58 60 Noise Level mitigation party
area Monitoring and measures. environmental
Measurement Conduct noise firm. Inform the
Procedure. Check monitoring to operation or the
the sound level verify if the level is area owner to
using sound already with the stop activity
meter. Determine limits. If source of unless noise
possible cause. noise is not from mitigation
plant, inform the measure has
MMT regarding been installed or
the possible the source of
source of noise for noise has been
the group’s corrected. Upon
investigation and installation of
coordination with noise mitigation
LGU. measures
conduct noise
monitoring to
verify if the noise
level is already
within limits.
PEOPLE
Exposure of Safe person- Incident Annually Project Site MMT Part of the 10% 10% Major Conduct re- Inspect the area Hire 3rd party
employees and hours, injury, near reporting, monitoring increase in increase in accidents training of the wherein most safety practitioner
the local miss and other survey, include fund of MMT injury, near injury, near such as workers on safety accident to conduct safety
community to safety in the Health misses and misses and fires, rules and happens. audit in the plant
heavy industrial performance and Safety minor minor explosion, regulations. Conduct site.
operation indices Health Plan of the accidents. accidents. etc. Conduct monitoring.
activities statistic. proponent. investigation.
Community Health Statistics Inputs from the Quarterly Direct and MMT Part of the Increase Complaints Multiple Talk with the local Intensify IEC and Conduct public
LGU health Indirect MMT Budget level of lodged by complaints stakeholders to community hearing if
workers who sickness lodged by check their stand relations. necessary.

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 6-14


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 6
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

Sampling and Measurement Plan Annual EQPL Management Scheme


Environmental Potential Parameter to be Lead
Estimated EQPL Range Management Measure
Aspect Impact Monitored Method Frequency Location Person
Cost Alert Action Limit Alert Action Limit
attends the Impact such as flu the the on the issues to
regular MMT Community as result of community community property address
meetings the health it.
and social
survey

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 6-15


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 6
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

6.3 MULTI-SECTORAL MONITORING FRAMEWORK

The company is responsible for inviting stakeholders to be members of the Multipartite


Monitoring Team (MMT). It actually encourages groups from the community to nominate
their representatives. A general committee composed of these representatives was already
established. Table 6-7 shows the current composition of the MMT.

Table 6-7. Multi-Partite Monitoring Team Composition


Likely Members or Basis for Priority Scope of
MMT Role
Representatives Selection Responsibilities
Provide administrative
Proponent Proponent Fund Provider support for the
committee
EIA System Chair of the
EMB-RO, DENR Lead Agency
Implementer committee
Assumes
Other Related chairmanship in the
PENRO, DENR Alternate to EMB-RO
Regulations absence of
EMB-RO
LGs, PEMO, BENRO,
Policy Makers and Sectoral
CENRO and other Committee Member
Administrators Representative
Government Agency
Empower their value Sectoral
Women Committee Member
in the society Representative

Pursuant to DAO 2017-15, a new MMT will be reconstituted. Table 6-4 shows the MMT
composition to be established:

Table 6-4. Multi-Partite Monitoring Team Composition as per DAO 2017-15


Basis for
Likely Members or Scope of
Priority MMT Role
Representatives Responsibilities
Selection
Meycauayan City LGU representative / DAO 2017-15 Section
ENRO Chair 17; Conduct quarterly
Rural Health Unit LGU representative/ ocular visit, may
Chief Member observe sampling
activities, prepare &
Bahay Pari Baranggay DAO 2017-15 LGU representative/ submit semi-annual
Captain section 16 Member reports to EMB;
LGU accredited NGO Member institute environmental
Women Sector Member emergency and
complaints receiving
Related Govt. Agency and management
Member
(TBD) mechanism

6.4 ENVIRONMENTAL GUARANTEE AND MONITORING FUND


COMMITMENTS

In the current MMT MOA, the Proponent already allotted an Environmental Guarantee Fund
of P500,000 intended to rehabilitate components of the environment and compensate
damage/s to properties to be adversely affected by the project. The company has also
allocated Environmental Monitoring Funding in the amount of P500,000 for activities to be

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 6-16


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 6
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

done by the MMT and replenish the same when necessary. However, the stated amounts
on the said funds are only indicative, the new MMT to be formed pursuant to DAO 2017-
15 will evaluate and recommend the final amount of EMF and EGF fund to be put up for
the proposed expansion.

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 6-17


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 7
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

CHAPTER 7 ABANDONMENT/DECOMMISSIONING/
REHABILITATION POLICY

The formulation of the detailed decommissioning plan will be done by the proponent
within the specified timeframe as part of the post-ECC requirement. It will be submitted
for approval to the EMB and concerned local government agencies on the activities such
as Environmental Site Assessment to determine contaminants left by the operation,
method and equipment to be used for dismantling of structures, clean-up or remediation
plan and demobilization scheme before proceeding.

Demobilization during post construction will be conducted by the contractors as per


SAMC requirements which include all activities and costs for transport of all construction
equipment used, all excess materials, disassembly and transport of temporary facilities
(office, stock room, quarters, etc.) used during construction, removal and disposal of all
construction debris and general clean-up of construction site. SAMC will also require its
contractor to post performance bond together with the 10% retention to take care of any
defects and damages left behind after demobilization.

Considering that the project has a lifespan of 50 years, continuous maintenance,


enhancement and upgrading will be done to ensure high production efficiency,
environmentally compliant and safe facility. Structures and plant equipment will be
assessed regularly for the project to continue its operation beyond its lifespan.

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 7-1


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 8
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

CHAPTER 8 INSTITUTIONAL PLAN FOR EMP IMPLEMENTATION

The proponent in coordination with the concerned government agencies and local
government unit/s will conduct monitoring of the project. This is necessary in order to
determine if the Proponent is implementing the prescribed mitigating measures
recommended in the Environmental Compliance Certificate (ECC) of the project.

The company has appointed 2 regular Pollution Control Officer (PCO)/Safety Officer, who
is part of the Health, Environment, and Safety Department (HES). His responsibility is
for the formulation and implementation of environmental conservation and health/safety
programs. The PCO is responsible for the monitoring not only of the entire plant area but
also of the installed machineries, equipment and utilities of both Mill 1 and Mill 2. He
makes representation with the local government units and non-government
organizations and submits the required reports on the operation and maintenance of the
building, installed machineries, equipment and utilities with the regional office of DENR-
EMB. The implementation of the company’s entire environmental management and
monitoring program shall fall under his direct supervision. He reports functionally to the
HES Department Head and administratively to the Resident Manager.

The company implements a certified Environmental Management System as per ISO


14001:2015 which ensures that all systems established are implemented and maintained
and being monitored and regularly audited in compliance to environmental legal
requirements. The QMS Specialist is the champion for the IMS and internal audits that is
also under the HES Department.

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 8-1


Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan
CHAPTER 8
Proposed Increase in Production Capacity of the Steel Rolling Mill Project

PRESIDENT

MANUFACTURING DIVISION
Resident Manager

HEALTH, ENVIRONMENT
ROLLING MILL 1 ROLLING MILL 2 SUPPORT GROUPS
& SAFETY

PRODUCTION PRODUCTION

MAINTENANCE MAINTENANCE

Figure 8-1. Organizational Chart

Steel Asia Manufacturing Corporation | Page 8-2

You might also like